Schneider Acti9 MCBs

Low voltage
Acti9
the efficiency you deserve

Catalogue
2011 \ 12
The efficiency
you deserve
Acti 9
The complete high performance
modular system for final distribution
generations
of industry experience and 21 new patents

make Acti 9 the new reference in low voltage
modular systems.
Acti 9
In short, I optimize my own energy.
The new core modular system that

makes your power distribution installation
safer, simpler, and more efficient
High-quality
modular
system without
compromise
We leveraged five generations of low voltage expertise

to design a precise, high-quality modular system without
compromise. The Acti 9 offers the fastest and most
flexible installation experience, and completely eliminates
safety concerns during maintenance and operation.
Engineered to adapt to the most challenging networks
and environments while remaining cost-effective over time,
it is the most flexible, coordinated, comprehensive, and
innovative range of low voltage modular systems available.
The Acti 9
gives you safety,
simplicity, and
efficiency for the
life span of your
installation.
Acti 9:
The 5th
generation
of modular
systems
F70
F32
Multi 9 -C32
Multi 9 -C60
Acti 9 - iC60
Acti 9
The safest, simplest, and most efficient

system for power distribution solutions
Safer
More Efficient
es
complete safety for the life
of your installation
VisiTrip, Super immunization,

and automatic reclosers
increase continuity of service
and enhance reliability
Control Systems
Installation Systems
F
and wiring accessories
Simpler and Smarter
F
3
Safe
Safest operation guaranteed even in

the most demanding environments
100%
safe for installers and

users in the most
severe environments
The best choice for

industrial and tertiary
buildings
Designed for safety, even in the most demanding environments

Safety matters most, and the Acti 9 system gives you, your customers, and their installations the
highest level of protection available. It guarantees 100 percent safe operation and maintenance for
you and your customers; its international certifications and numerous protection innovations mean
the Acti 9 system exceeds even the most demanding requirements to give you total safety during
maintenance, for the lifetime of your installation.
Comprehensive certification
Delivers complete industry-approved protection
The Acti 9 is fully tested, approved, and certified by national and international third
parties. It guarantees that your installation is safe and compliant with all relevant
safety standards, and demonstrates to your customers that you use industryapproved materials and best practices.
I have no worries about the safety of the electrical

installation, the buildings, and everyone inside.
Guarantees total safety

during maintenance
VisiSafe
VisiSafe guarantees the downstream
circuit is always safe, regardless of
overvoltage conditions, wear, or
operator experience, even in the
most demanding environments.
VisiSafe
Available only from
Schneider Electric
Available only from

Schneider Electric
The green strip indicates the safe position

of contacts.
Unique safety features:
l Highest Impulse voltage withstand:
Uimp = 6 kV
l Guarantees longer equipment service
life despite overvoltage conditions.
l Highest pollution resistance among
modular devices: Pollution degree level 3
l A true all-terrain product ideally
suited for all environments.
l Leading edge insulation voltage: 500 V
l Complete safety for operators
maneuvering the operating handle.
Protects the load and

guarantees long service life
Fast Closing Mechanism
Fast closure of all Acti 9 MCBs and
RCCBs limits wear and reduces voltage
drops, helping to prevent premature
equipment aging and overheating.
Ensures error-free linkages

Note: this QuickVigi
section must be
locally adapted in
compliance with the
local offer
Promises absolute protection

against electric shocks
QuickVigi
Fast, safe and screwless on-click
connections between MCB and add-on
RCD modules. One click is all it takes.
Complete operator safety is guaranteed.
Class 2 Front Face

The Acti 9 is the only device available with
this level of safety. Clearances between
breaker surfaces and internal parts are over
double the industry standard. It guarantees
risk-free handling during the life of the
installation, regardless of environment
or operator experience.
Provides zero-risk
lockdown to guarantee
protection and safety
Integrated Padlocking
Available for Acti 9 remote control devices,
the rugged, integrated padlock allows
complete lockdown for guaranteed protection
and safety. It prevents toggle device
movement and inadvertent or unauthorized
access, so you can ensure employee or
contractor safety at all times.
Efficient
The system that streamlines

your operations workflow
Designed to minimize downtime and avoid nuisance trips

With features like VisiTrip, which greatly reduces diagnostic and repair time, and super
immunization of the RCDs to guarantee the highest continuity of service available, the Acti 9
system allows easier building management, eliminates downtime, and makes your business
even more competitive, limiting intervention costs on distant infrastructure sites.
Less downtime, more continuity of service

VisiTrip minimizes downtime and reduces repair times
Identify faults in one glance, and easily see the operating status of your network.
VisiTrip indicates only the faulty outgoer, allowing fast diagnosis, resolution, and
re-closing loads for easier building management and reduced downtime.
Available only from
Schneider Electric
VisiTrip
When I install the Acti 9 I know I dont

have to come back to the job.
100%
preventative
maintenance
downtime
Prevents unnecessary trips

Available only from
Schneider Electric
Super immunization (SI) of the RCDs

guarantees the highest continuity of
service and electrical immunity, especially
where switchgear contends with
electromagnetic or chemical interference.
It also meets the high continuity of
service requirements in all critical power
applications (hospitals, data centres,
telecoms, and tunnels).
No need for on-site intervention
Enhances service
reliability
Acti 9 devices provide maximum continuity

of service. Extended discrimination ranges
allow for a variety of solutions for continuity
of service, restricting downtime to only the
affected circuit and leaving the rest of your
installation intact.
The Acti 9 introduces a new automatic

recloser auxiliary (ARA iC60) designed to
limit the cost of intervention on far away
infrastructure sites. No need to have
permanent on-site teams responding
to transient faults, limiting distant site
intervention costs.
Simple and Smart
The right solution for every application

The Acti 9 simplifies final distribution operations in buildings and industrial facilities, giving
you the right solution with the right technical characteristics, for every application. As new
installation standards emerge or building requirements are modified, the Acti 9 system
components that can communicate with any building management system.
Designed to be simple to choose, easy

to design, and straightforward to install
Easy to design and choose
coordination
standards two certifications in
one product making it perfect for
commercial and industrial applications.
Supports intuitive ordering and design

Meaningful part numbers mean no
mistakes and no doubts when ordering
or designing. Get the product type, poles
and rating in one glance.
A9XXX 225
2P, 25A
Conforms to any BMS

iliaries for complete simplicity. Its control
in your installation, optimizing design time
for lighting and building control.
100 percent coordination between RCDs

and MCBs means no more searching
through technical guides or coordination
MCB and internal actuator are a unique
all-in-one concept fully covered by the
manufacturer warranty.
30%
of switchboards
are modified at
design, cabling,
or commissioning
stages, increasing
O
The Acti 9 is optimized for simple applications. Its economic MCB and RCCB
Note:
ic 60
section must be
locally adapted in
compliance with
the local offer
Reflex iC60: the all-in-one concept intgrated

control circuit breaker of the Acti 9 system
evolve and adapt with the dynamic requirements of tertiary and industrial lighting
control applications, it easily communicates with PLCs and BMS systems without
the need for add-ons, retrofits, or extras. Everything you need is included.
Available only from
Schneider Electric
Simple and Smart
Easy to install
Up to 50% less wiring
Reflex iC60 all -in-one concept means
up to 50% less wiring for reduced
cabling and more efficient verification
and connection.
Refl
Allows heavy-duty, reliable tightening
Safe and secure connections
Twice the terminal tightening torque for more robust connections.
Provides secure connections with quick,

ergonomic and safe IP20B terminals shutters.
10
Everything is simpler with Acti 9. Whatever

the application, I have no second thoughts.
Easy to operate
Provides greater readability
Allows quick intervention
Ergonomic interface with specific colour coding

for locking padlocking devices. N indicator for
easy readability and speed of servicing.
Large area for circuit identification allows quick intervention

and leaves no doubt about referenced circuits. Acti 9 label
maker gives your installation a professional appearance.
Comes with tailored accessories
The Acti 9 system includes a comprehensive list of accessories: easily-installed padlock system, splitter block, rotary handle
mount for switchboard doors, screw shields, sealable terminal shields, plug-in base, interpole barrier, and clip-on markers.
Easy to upgrade
Adapts to your installation
Double DIN rail locker allows circuit
changeouts without removing the
comb. It adapts to new requirements
and simplifies switchboard evolution.
100%
coordination
between MCB
and actuator
15%
time saved on
design and
installation
Evolves with changing

site requirements
Multiclip distribution system allows you to

quickly add outgoers and balance phases.
Multiclip offers screwless, safe connections.
11
Attractive and
environmentally friendly
Advanced ergonomics and attention to all detail

The Acti 9 is designed to be noticed. We incorporated clean lines with distinctive,
gently rounded shapes to give the Acti 9 its faultless appearance. It immediately
suggests well-designed and user-friendly aesthetics and particular attention
to detail. Clarity of identified circuits and elegant appearance will have your
Acti 9 lets you
touch and feel
the difference.
High quality, subtle, and precise

Holding the Acti 9 in your hand, you can feel the high quality. Contacts
close quickly and precisely, with no hint of dubious noise. The solid fit of its
components and its smooth surfaces mean you can feel the difference even
before you use it.
12
You can tell its a high Quality product

when you hold it in your hands.
A better use of energy, from start to finish

The Acti 9 helps you meet developing energy efficiency and environmental
certifications or requirements, now and in the future. It minimizes impact
eventual recycling. Through both design and technology, the Acti 9
provides you with the key combination of less impact and more efficiency
that is necessary for the environment today.
The Acti 9 is your safe, efficient, and simple

choice for low voltage modular systems.
100%
recyclable and
recoverable
materials,
RoHS compliant,
and REACH
20%
savings in
energy losses
13
Acti 9
Safe, efficient, simple, and smart
Circuit
breakers
Electrical
auxiliaries
1 pole
2 poles
3 poles
4 poles
Tripping, notification,
indication, and remote
status indication
2 poles
4 poles
Residual current
circuit breaker
14
2 poles
3 poles
4 poles
Vigi module
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
safe for installers and

users in the most
severe environments
coordination
between MCB
and actuator
preventative
maintenance
I always have the right solution, at the right price with

the right technical characteristics for each application.
Control
Contactors,
impulse relays,
indicator lights, push buttons,
and selector switches, etc.
Type 2 or 3
1 pole
1 pole + neutral
2 poles
3 poles
3 poles + neutral
4 poles
Surge Arresters
2 poles
3 poles
4 poles
Automatic
recloser
auxiliaries
15%
15%
time saved on
design and
installation
Integrated remote
control circuit breaker
0%
downtime
The best choice

for industrial and
tertiary buildings
15
Technical
characteristics
Circuit breakers
iC60a N, H, L, LMA
ICU (A) at 400V - IEC/EN 60898-1
6000, 10000, 15000
ICU (kA) at 415V - IEC/EN 60947-2
6,10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 70, 100
Type
1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
Rating (A)
0,5 to 63
Curves
B, C, D
Standards
IEC/EN 60947-2, 60898-1
Degree of protection
IP20/IP40
Add-on residual current devices
vigi iC60
RCD Type
Asi AC
Type
2P, 3P, 4P
Rating (A)
25, 40, 63
Standards
IEC/EN 61009-1
Sensitivity (mA)
10, 30, 100, 300, 300

500, 500 S , 1000 S
IP20/IP40
Connection between iC60 & iC60 vigi
Quick connection up to 40A
Residual current circuit-breakers
iID
iIDK
RCD Type
Asi, 2AC
AC
Type
2P, 4P
2P, 4P
Rating (A)
16 to 125
25, 40, 63
Standards
IEC/EN 61008-1
IEC/EN 61008-1
Sensitivity (mA)
10, 30, 100, 300, 300
IP20/IP40
Installation and wiring

16
, 500, 500 S
Multiclip splitter block
30, 300
IP40
Distribloc splitter block
80
63
IP20
IP20
Surge arresters type 2 or 3
iPF, iPRD
1P, 1P+N, 2P, 3P, 3P+N, 4P
I max (kA)
8, 20, 40, 65
Standards
IEC 61643-1, IEC 61643-11
IP20/IP40
Integrated remote control MCBs
Reflex iC60N, iC60H
Curves
B, C, D
Type
2P, 3P, 4P
Rating (A)
10, 16, 25, 40
Standards
IEC 60947-2
Electrical endurance
30000 cycles (AC1)

6000 cycles (AC5 a/b)
50000 cycles (AC21)
IP20/IP40
Control
iCT
Function
Contactors
iTL
iPB
iSSW
iIL
iEN, iME
Impulse Relays
Pushbuttons
Switches
Indicator Lights
kilowatt hour meters
Type
1P, 2P,
3P, 4P
1P, 2P
single,
double,
single +
indicator light
1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
single,
double,
flashing light,
voltage presence
single phase,
three phases,
three phases
and neutral
Rating (A)
16, 25, 40
16 & 32
20
20 to 125
Standards
IEC/EN 61095
EN 60669-1,
EN 60669-2-2
IEC 60669-1,
IEC 60947-5-1
IEC 60669-1,
IEC 60669-2-4,
IEC 60947-3,
IEC 60947-5-1
Electrical endurance
(O-C operations)
100
per day
100.000 AC22(16A)
200.000 AC22(32A)
30,000 AC22
30,000 AC22
40 to 6000
IEC 60947-5-1
IEC 62053-21,
IEC 61557-12
Electrical auxiliaries and mounting accessories
Combined iOF, iSD, iMN, iMX, and iMSU electrical auxiliaries between iC60 circuit breakers
and iID residual current circuit breakers, automatic recloser and remote control auxiliaries.
Terminal shields, interpole barrier, screw shields, plug-in base,

padlocking device, clip-on terminal markers, and rotary handle.
17
Take your next step with theseFREE materials from Schneider Electric.
Visit www.SEreply.com
and enter key code
or call 000-000-0000
Read how energy and

environmental responsibility
lie at the core of the
Schneider Electric strategy.
Achieve permanent change

through measurement,
monitoring, and control of
your energy usage.
Sign up for our FREE,

flexible training so you
can develop new, more
efficient solutions.
Move from business

as usual to becoming
a long-term, sustainable
green corporation.
Enter Key Code

XXXXXx
Enter Key Code

XXXXXx
Enter Key Code

XXXXXx
Enter Key Code

XXXXXx
Make the most of your energy

Head Office
1 River View Office Park
Schneider Electric Industries SAS
Janadel Avenue
Head Office
Halfway
Gardens,
35 rue Joseph
Monier Midrand,
92500
Rueil
Malmaison
Rrivate Bag X139Cedex- France
Tel.: +33 (0)1 41 29 70 00
Halfway
House 1685
www.schneider-electric.com
Tel: 011 254 6400
Fax: 011 254 6700
www.schneider-electric.com
2010 Schneider Electric Industries SAS, All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, Make the most of your energy, VisiSafe, VisiTrip, and Acti 9 are owned
by Schneider Electric, or its affiliated companies in the United States and other countries. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.
Design: Global Marketing, Communications Strategy and Design 998-xxxx
Principle of catalogue numbers
Protection
Circuit protection
Earth leakage protection
iID, iC60, Vigi iC60, Reflex iC60
Description
A9 R 15 2 63
Range
Acti9 (A9)
Family
iID
Code
Internal code Poles
Code
Rating (A) Code
00
0.5
0.75
70
71
Vigi iC60
iC60
V
F
1P
2P
iK60
3P
01
Auxiliaries and accessories
4P
1.6
72
Switches
1N
02
Reflex iC60
1P+N
2.5
73
3P+N
03
04
06
6.3
76
08
10
10
12.5
82
13
13
16
16
20
20
25
25
32
32
40
40
50
50
Acti9 Catalogue 2011_12.indd
version: 1.1
63
63
80
80
100
91
125
92
25
Circuit breaker panorama
Protection
Circuit protection
Selection guide
Circuit breakers
Type
Standard
Quality label
Number of poles
Add-on residual current devices (Vigi)
Auxiliaries for remote tripping and indication
Electrical characteristics
Curves
Ratings (A)
In
Maximum operational voltage (V)
Ue
max
Minimum operational voltage (V)
Ue
min
Insulation voltage (V AC)
Ui
Rated impulse withstand voltage (kV)
Uimp
Breaking capacity
AC-Breaking capacity
IEC 60947-2 (kA)
Icu
AC (50/60 Hz)
DC
AC (50/60 Hz)
DC
Icn
Icu
iC60N
IEC/EN 60898-1, 60947-2

Country approval pictogram
1P
2, 3, 4P
bb
bb
IEC/EN 60947-2, 60898-1

1P, 1P+N
2, 3, 4P
bb
bb
C
1 to 63
415
220
500
6
B, C, D
0.5 to 63
440
250
12
12
500
6
Ue
(50/60 Hz) Ph / N
12...60 V
Ph / Ph
12...133 V
100...133 V
50 (0.5 to 4 A)
20 (6 to 63 A)
220...240 V
10
50 (0.5 to 4 A)
10 (6 to 63 A)
50 (0.5 to 4 A)
20 (6 to 63 A)
380...415 V
50 (0.5 to 4 A)
10 (6 to 63 A)
440 V
25 (0.5 to 4 A)
6 (6 to 63 A)
4500
4500
100 % of Icu (0.5 to 4 A)

75 % of Icu (6 to 63 A)
6000
100 % of Icu
Ics
EN 60898 (A)
DC-Breaking capacity
IEC 60947-2 (kA)
iC60A
100 % of Icu
230/400 V
Ue DC
12...60 V (1P)
100...133 V (2P)
100...133 V (3P)
220...250 V (4P)
Ics
Other characteristics
Suitable for industrial isolation according to IEC/EN 60947-2
Fault tripping indication
Positive contact indication
Fast closing
Dismounting with comb busbar in place
IP
Device only
Device in modular
enclosure
For more detail, see module
Accessories
Auxiliaries
bb
Visi-trip window
bb
bb
Upstream connection
IP20
IP40
Insulation class II
Page 32
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 123 and 136
Page 82
Ph / N
50 (0.5 to 4 A)
36 (6 to 63 A)
15
100 % of Icu
Ph / Ph
50 (0.5 to 4 A)
36 (6 to 63 A)
6000
20
30
40
bb
Visi-trip window
bb
bb
Upstream connection
IP20
IP40
Insulation class II
Page 36
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 155 and 168
Page 82
(1) 100 % of Icu for ratings 6 to 25 A under Ue 100 to 133 V AC Ph/Ph and Ue 12 to 60 V AC Ph/N.
28
version: 1.1
Circuit breaker panorama (cont.)
Protection
Circuit protection
iC60H
iC60L
iC60LMA
IEC/EN 60947-2, 60898-1

1P
2, 3, 4P
bb
bb
IEC/EN 60947-2, 60898-1

1P
2, 3, 4P
bb
bb
IEC/EN 60947-2
2, 3
bb
bb
B, C, D
0.5 to 63
440
250
12
12
500
6
B, C, K
0.5 to 63
440
250
12
12
500
6
MA
1.6 to 40
440
250
12
12
500
6
Ph / N
70 (0.5 to 4 A)
42 (6 to 63 A)
70 (0.5 to 4 A)
30 (6 to 63 A)
Ph / Ph
70 (0.5 to 4 A)
42 (6 to 63 A)
70 (0.5 to 4 A)
15 (6 to 63 A)
70 (0.5 to 4 A)
30 (6 to 63 A)
70 (0.5 to 4 A)
15 (6 to 63 A)
50 (0.5 to 4 A)
10 (6 to 63 A)
100 % of Icu (0.5 to 4 A)

50 % of Icu (6 to 63 A)
10000
20
100 % of Icu
10000
25
40
50
bb
Visi-trip window
bb
bb
Upstream connection
IP20
IP40
Insulation class II
Page 40
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 155 and 168
Page 82
Ph / N
100 (0.5 to 4 A)
70 (6 to 63 A)
Ph / Ph
100 (0.5 to 4 A)
80 (6 to 63 A)
Ue
100 (0.5 to 4 A)
50 (6 to 25 A)
36 (32/40 A)
30 (50/63 A)
100 (0.5 to 4 A)
25 (6 to 25 A)
20 (32/40 A)
15 (50/63 A)
100 (0.5 to 4 A)
70 (6 to 63 A)
100 (0.5 to 4 A)
50 (6 to 25 A)
36 (32/40 A)
30 (50/63 A)
100 (0.5 to 4 A)
25 (6 to 25 A)
20 (32/40 A)
15 (50/63 A)
70 (0.5 to 4 A)
20 (6 to 25 A)
15 (32/40 A)
10 (50/63 A)
100 (1.6 to 4 A)
50 (6.3 to 25 A)
36 (40 A)
15000
30
50
70
100 % of Icu (0.5 to 4 A)

50 % of Icu (6 to 63 A) (1)
15000
25
100 % of Icu
bb
Visi-trip window
bb
bb
Upstream connection
IP20
IP40
Insulation class II
Page 44
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 155 and 168
Page 82
version: 1.1
(50/60 Hz)
100 (1.6 to 4 A)
25 (6.3 to 25 A)
20 (40 A)
50 (1.6 to 4 A)
20 (6.3 to 25 A)
15 (40 A)
50 % of Icu (1.6 to 40 A)
bb
Visi-trip window
bb
bb
Upstream connection
IP20
IP40
Insulation class II
Page 48
Pages 155 and 168
Pages 155 and 168
Page 82
29
Circuit breaker panorama (cont.)
Protection
Circuit protection
Selection guide (cont.)

Circuit breakers
Type
C120N
C120H
Standard
IEC 60947-2, IEC/EN 60898-1
IEC 60947-2, IEC/EN 60898-1
Quality label
Number of poles
1P
1P
bb
bb
Auxiliaries for remote tripping and indication
bb
bb
B, C, D
B, C, D
63, 80, 100, 125
10 to 125
AC (50/60 Hz)
240/440
240/440
DC
125 per pole
125 per pole
AC (50/60 Hz)
12
12
DC
12
12
2, 3, 4P
2, 3, 4P
Curves
Ratings (A)
Maximum operational voltage (V)
Minimum operational voltage (V)
In
Ue
max
Ue
min
Insulation voltage (V AC)
Ui
500
500
Rated impulse withstand voltage (kV)
Uimp
Breaking capacity
AC-Breaking capacity
IEC 60947-2 (kA)
Ue
Icu
Ph / Ph
Ph / N
Ph / Ph
110...130 V
(50/60 Hz) Ph / N
130 V
20
30
220...240 V
230/400 V
10
20
15
30
380...415 V
400/415 V
3 (1)
10
4.5 (1)
15
440 V
10
500 V
Ics
EN 60898 (A)
Icn
DC-Breaking capacity
IEC 60947-2 (kA)
75 % of Icu
230/400 V
50 % of Icu
10000
10000
15000
15000
60 V (1P)
10
15
125 V (1P)
10
15
250 V (2P)
10
15
500 V (4P)
Ue DC
Icu
Ics
100 % of Icu
100 % of Icu
Suitable for industrial isolation according to IEC/EN 60947-2
bb
bb
Fault tripping indication
bb
bb
Fast closing
bb
bb
Dismounting with comb busbar in place
Special comb busbar
Special comb busbar
IP20
IP20
Device in modular IP40

enclosure
IP40
For more detail, see module
IP
Device only
Page 60
Page 123
Page 64
Page 123
Auxiliaries
Page 123
Page 123
Earth leakage module (Vigi)
Page 89
Page 89
Accessories
(1) Breaking capacity under 1 pole with IT isolated neutral system (case of double fault).
30
version: 1.1
iC60a circuit breakers

(curve C)
DB123399
IEC/EN 60947-2
IEC/EN 60898-1
bb iC60a circuit breakers are multi-standard circuit breakers which combine the
following functions:
vv circuit protection against short-circuit currents,
vv circuit protection against overload currents,
vv suitable for industrial isolation according to IEC/EN 60947-2, standard.
vv fault tripping indication by a red mechanical indicator in circuit breaker front face.
PB104449-40
DB123398
PB104439-40
DB116619
Protection
Circuit protection
Alternating current (AC) 50/60 Hz

Breaking capacity (Icu) according to IEC/EN 60947-2
Voltage (Ue)
Ph/Ph (2P, 3P, 4P)
220 to 240 V
Ph/N (1P)
Rating (In)
Service breaking
capacity (Ics)
380 to 415 V
220 to 240 V
1 to 63 A
10 kA
6 kA
100 % of Icu
Breaking capacity (Icn) according to IEC/EN 60898-1

Voltage (Ue)
Ph/Ph
400 V
Ph/N
Rating (In)
230 V
1 to 63 A
4500 A
Catalogue numbers
iC60a circuit breaker
Type
1P
2P
Auxiliaries
Vigi iC60
Rating (In)
32
Remote tripping and indication,

pages 123 and 136
Vigi iC60 add-on residual current device, page 82
Quality label Curve
1A
2A
3A
6A
10 A
16 A
20 A
25 A
32 A
40 A
50 A
63 A
Width in 9-mm modules
Accessories

pages 123 and 136
Curve
A9F64101
A9F64102
A9F64103
A9F64106
A9F64110
A9F64116
A9F64120
A9F64125
A9F64132
A9F64140
A9F64150
A9F64163
2
A9F64201
A9F64202
A9F64203
A9F64206
A9F64210
A9F64216
A9F64220
A9F64225
A9F64232
A9F64240
A9F64250
A9F64263
4
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 123 and 136
version: 1.1

(curve C) (cont.)
PB104433-40
Protection
Circuit protection
bb Insulated terminals IP20
Visi-trip window
bb Fault tripping is indicated by a red

mechanical indicator on the front face
bb Large circuit
labelling area
bb Suitable for industrial isolation according to

IEC/EN 60947-2 standard.
bb The presence of the green strip guarantees
physical opening of the contacts and allows
operations to be performed on the downstream
circuit in complete safety
bbDouble clip for
dismounting with comb
busbar in place
bb Increased product service life thanks to:

vv overvoltage resistance by high level of industrial performances conception
(pollution degree, rated impulse withstand voltage and insulation voltage),
vv high performance limitation (see limitation curves),
vv fast closing independent of the speed of actuation of the toggle.
bb Remote indication, open/closed/tripped, by optional auxiliary contacts.
bb Top or bottom electrical feeding.
3P
4P

pages 123 and 136

pages 123 and 136
Curve
Curve
A9F64301
A9F64302
A9F64303
A9F64306
A9F64310
A9F64316
A9F64320
A9F64325
A9F64332
A9F64340
A9F64350
A9F64363
6
A9F64401
A9F64402
A9F64403
A9F64406
A9F64410
A9F64416
A9F64420
A9F64425
A9F64432
A9F64440
A9F64450
A9F64463
8
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 123 and 136
version: 1.1
33

(curve C) (cont.)
Protection
Circuit protection
Without accessory With accessories

50 mm Screw-on
Al
connection
terminal for ring
terminal
DB122945
PZ2
1 to 25 A
32 to 63 A
2 N.m
3.5 N.m
1 to 25 mm2
1 to 35 mm2
DB122935
or ferrule
1 to 16 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
50 mm2
Multi-cables terminal
Rigid
cables
Flexible
cables
3 x 16 mm2
3 x 10 mm2
DB118787
14 mm
6.5 mm
Tightening Copper cables

torque
Rigid
Flexible
DB122946
DB123060
Rating
DB118789
Connection
5 mm
Technical data
DB123310
Main characteristics
According to IEC/EN 60947-2
Clip on DIN rail 35 mm.
Insulation voltage (Ui)
500 V AC
Pollution degree
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)
6 kV
Thermal tripping
Reference temperature
50 C
Temperature derating
See page 233
C curve
8 In 20 %
Magnetic tripping
DB123312
Utilization category

Limitation class
Rated making and breaking capacity of an

individual pole (Icn1)
Icn1 = Icn
Additional characteristics
Degree of protection Device only
(IEC 60529)
Device in modular
enclosure
Endurance (O-C)
Electrical
DB123314
Indifferent position of installation.
34
IP20
IP40
Mechanical
IP20
IP40
Insulation class II
10,000 cycles
20,000 cycles
Overvoltage category (IEC 60364)
IV
Operating temperature
-35C to +70C
Storage temperature
-40C to +85C
Tropicalization (IEC 60068-1)
Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95 % to 55C)
version: 1.1

(curve C) (cont.)
Protection
Circuit protection
Weight (g)
Circuit-breaker
Type
iC60a
1P
125
2P
250
3P
375
4P
500
DB123392
Dimensions (mm)
4P
69.5
54
1P+N / 2P
1P
78.5
72
3P
36
18
50
5.5
4.4
94 85
45
64
4.6
version: 1.1
35
iC60N circuit breakers

(curve B, C, D)
DB116619
IEC/EN 60947-2
IEC/EN 60898-1
bb iC60N circuit breakers are multi-standard circuit breakers which combine the
PB104450-40
DB123398
PB104437-40
DB106604
Protection
Circuit protection

Voltage (Ue)
Ph/Ph (2P, 3P, 4P)
12 to 133 V
220 to 240 V 380 to 415 V 440 V
Ph/N (1P, 1P+N)
12 to 60 V
100 to 133 V 220 to 240 V -
Service
breaking
capacity
(Ics)
Rating (In) 0.5 to 4 A
50 kA
50 kA
50 kA
25 kA
100 % of Icu
6 to 63 A
36 kA
20 kA
10 kA
6 kA
75 % of Icu

Voltage (Ue)
Ph/Ph
400 V
Ph/N
230 V
Rating (In)
0.5 to 63 A
6000 A
Direct current (DC)

Voltage (Ue)
Between +/-
12 to 72 V
Number of poles
1P
2P (in series) 3P (in series) 4P (in series)
6 kA
6 kA
Rating (In) 1 to 63 A
100 to 133 V
Service
breaking
capacity
220 to 250 V
(Ics)
6 kA
6 kA
100 % of Icu
Catalogue numbers
iC60N circuit breaker
Type
1P
2P
Auxiliaries

pages 123 and 136

pages 123 and 136
Vigi iC60
Rating (In)
Curve
0.5 A(1)
1 A(1)
2 A(1)
3 A(1)
4 A(1)
6A
10 A
13 A(1)
16 A
20 A
25 A
32 A
40 A
50 A
63 A
Accessories
Curve
B(2)
D(1)
B(2)
D(1)
A9F73170
A9F73101
A9F73102
A9F73103
A9F73104
A9F76106
A9F76110
A9F73113
A9F76116
A9F76120
A9F76125
A9F76132
A9F76140
A9F76150
A9F76163
2
A9F74170
A9F74101
A9F74102
A9F74103
A9F74104
A9F77106
A9F77110
A9F74113
A9F77116
A9F77120
A9F77125
A9F77132
A9F77140
A9F77150
A9F77163
A9F75170
A9F75101
A9F75102
A9F75103
A9F75104
A9F75106
A9F75110
A9F75113
A9F75116
A9F75120
A9F75125
A9F75132
A9F75140
A9F75150
A9F75163
A9F73270
A9F73201
A9F73202
A9F73203
A9F73204
A9F76206
A9F76210
A9F73213
A9F76216
A9F76220
A9F76225
A9F76232
A9F76240
A9F76250
A9F76263
4
A9F74270
A9F74201
A9F74202
A9F74203
A9F74204
A9F77206
A9F77210
A9F74213
A9F77216
A9F77220
A9F77225
A9F77232
A9F77240
A9F77250
A9F77263
A9F75270
A9F75201
A9F75202
A9F75203
A9F75204
A9F75206
A9F75210
A9F75213
A9F75216
A9F75220
A9F75225
A9F75232
A9F75240
A9F75250
A9F75263
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 123 and 136

(1) VDE approved only.
36
version: 1.1
(2) only NF and VDE.

(curve B, C, D) (cont.)
PB104434-40
Protection
Circuit protection
Visi-trip window

bb Large circuit
labelling area

bbDouble clip for
busbar in place

3P
4P

pages 123 and 136

pages 123 and 136
Curve
Curve
B(2)
D(1)
B(2)
D(1)
A9F73370
A9F73301
A9F73302
A9F73303
A9F73304
A9F76306
A9F76310
A9F73313
A9F76316
A9F76320
A9F76325
A9F76332
A9F76340
A9F76350
A9F76363
6
A9F74370
A9F74301
A9F74302
A9F74303
A9F74304
A9F77306
A9F77310
A9F74313
A9F77316
A9F77320
A9F77325
A9F77332
A9F77340
A9F77350
A9F77363
A9F75370
A9F75301
A9F75302
A9F75303
A9F75304
A9F75306
A9F75310
A9F75313
A9F75316
A9F75320
A9F75325
A9F75332
A9F75340
A9F75350
A9F75363
A973470
A9F73401
A9F73402
A9F73403
A9F73404
A9F76406
A9F76410
A9F73413
A9F76416
A9F76420
A9F76425
A9F76432
A9F76440
A9F76450
A9F76463
8
A9F74470
A9F74401
A9F74402
A9F74403
A9F74404
A9F77406
A9F77410
A9F74413
A9F77416
A9F77420
A9F77425
A9F77432
A9F77440
A9F77450
A9F77463
A9F75470
A9F75401
A9F75402
A9F75403
A9F75404
A9F75406
A9F75410
A9F75413
A9F75416
A9F75420
A9F75425
A9F75432
A9F75440
A9F75450
A9F75463
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 123 and 136
version: 1.1
37

Protection
Circuit protection

50 mm Screw-on
Al
connection
terminal for ring
terminal
DB122945
PZ2
0.5 to 25 A
32 to 63 A
2 N.m
3.5 N.m
1 to 25 mm2
1 to 35 mm2
DB122935
or ferrule
1 to 16 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
50 mm2
Rigid
cables
Flexible
cables
3 x 16 mm2
3 x 10 mm2
DB118787
14 mm
6.5 mm

torque
Rigid
Flexible
DB122946
DB123060
Rating
DB118789
Connection
5 mm
Technical data
DB123310
500 V AC
Pollution degree
6 kV
Thermal tripping
50 C
See page 233
B curve
4 In 20 %
C curve
8 In 20 %
D curve
12 In 20 %
DB123312
Magnetic tripping
DB123314
38
3
Icn1 = Icn
IP20
Limitation class
IP40

(IEC 60529)
Device in modular
enclosure
Endurance (O-C)
Electrical
Mechanical
IP20
IP40
Insulation class II
10,000 cycles
20,000 cycles
IV
-35C to +70C
Storage temperature
-40C to +85C
version: 1.1

Protection
Circuit protection
Weight (g)
Circuit-breaker
Type
iC60N
1P
125
2P
250
3P
375
4P
500
DB123392
Dimensions (mm)
4P
69.5
54
1P+N / 2P
1P
78.5
72
3P
36
18
50
5.5
4.4
94 85
45
64
4.6
version: 1.1
39
iC60H circuit breakers

(curve B, C, D)
DB116619
IEC/EN 60947-2
IEC/EN 60898-1
bb iC60H circuit breakers are multi-standard circuit breakers which combine the
PB104451-40
DB123398
PB104441-40
DB106604
Protection
Circuit protection

Voltage (Ue)
Service
breaking
capacity
(Ics)
Ph/Ph (2P, 3P, 4P)
12 to 133 V
220 to 240 V 380 to 415 V 440 V
Ph/N (1P, 1P+N)
12 to 60 V
100 to 133 V 220 to 240 V -
70 kA
70 kA
70 kA
50 kA
100 % of Icu
6 to 40 A
42 kA
30 kA
15 kA
10 kA
50 % of Icu
50/63 A
42 kA
15 kA
10 kA
50 % of Icu

Voltage (Ue)
Ph/Ph
400 V
Ph/N
230 V
Rating (In) 0.5 to 63 A 10000 A
Direct current (DC)

Voltage (Ue)
Between +/-
12 to 72 V
Number of poles
1P
10 kA
10 kA
Catalogue numbers
100 to 133 V
Service
breaking
capacity
220 to 250 V
(Ics)
10 kA
10 kA
100 % of Icu
iC60H circuit breaker

Type
1P
2P
Auxiliaries

pages 123 and 136

pages 123 and 136
Vigi iC60
Rating (In)
Curve
0.5 A(1)
1 A(1)
2 A(1)
3 A(1)
4 A(1)
6A
10 A
13 A(1)
16 A
20 A
25 A
32 A
40 A
50 A
63 A
Accessories
Curve
B(2)
D(1)
B(2)
D(1)
A9F83170
A9F83101
A9F83102
A9F83103
A9F83104
A9F86106
A9F86110
A9F83113
A9F86116
A9F86120
A9F86125
A9F86132
A9F86140
A9F86150
A9F86163
2
A9F84170
A9F84101
A9F84102
A9F84103
A9F84104
A9F87106
A9F87110
A9F84113
A9F87116
A9F87120
A9F87125
A9F87132
A9F87140
A9F87150
A9F87163
A9F85170
A9F85101
A9F85102
A9F85103
A9F85104
A9F85106
A9F85110
A9F85113
A9F85116
A9F85120
A9F85125
A9F85132
A9F85140
A9F85150
A9F85163
A9F83270
A9F83201
A9F83202
A9F83203
A9F83204
A9F86206
A9F86210
A9F83213
A9F86216
A9F86220
A9F86225
A9F86232
A9F86240
A9F86250
A9F86263
4
A9F84270
A9F84201
A9F84202
A9F84203
A9F84204
A9F87206
A9F87210
A9F84213
A9F87216
A9F87220
A9F87225
A9F87232
A9F87240
A9F87250
A9F87263
A9F85270
A9F85201
A9F85202
A9F85203
A9F85204
A9F85206
A9F85210
A9F85213
A9F85216
A9F85220
A9F85225
A9F85232
A9F85240
A9F85250
A9F85263
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 123 and 136

(1) VDE approved only.
40
version: 1.1
(2) only NF and VDE.

PB104435-40
Protection
Circuit protection
Visi-trip window

bb Large circuit
labelling area

bbDouble clip for
busbar in place

3P
4P

pages 123 and 136

pages 123 and 136
Curve
Curve
B(2)
D(1)
B(2)
D(1)
A9F83370
A9F83301
A9F83302
A9F83303
A9F83304
A9F86306
A9F86310
A9F83313
A9F86316
A9F86320
A9F86325
A9F86332
A9F86340
A9F86350
A9F86363
6
A9F84370
A9F84301
A9F84302
A9F84303
A9F84304
A9F87306
A9F87310
A9F84313
A9F87316
A9F87320
A9F87325
A9F87332
A9F87340
A9F87350
A9F87363
A9F85370
A9F85301
A9F85302
A9F85303
A9F85304
A9F85306
A9F85310
A9F85313
A9F85316
A9F85320
A9F85325
A9F85332
A9F85340
A9F85350
A9F85363
A9F83470
A9F83401
A9F83402
A9F83403
A9F83404
A9F86406
A9F86410
A9F83413
A9F86416
A9F86420
A9F86425
A9F86432
A9F86440
A9F86450
A9F86463
8
A9F84470
A9F84401
A9F84402
A9F84403
A9F84404
A9F87406
A9F87410
A9F84413
A9F87416
A9F87420
A9F87425
A9F87432
A9F87440
A9F87450
A9F87463
A9F85470
A9F85401
A9F85402
A9F85403
A9F85404
A9F85406
A9F85410
A9F85413
A9F85416
A9F85420
A9F85425
A9F85432
A9F85440
A9F85450
A9F85463
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 123 and 136
version: 1.1
41

Protection
Circuit protection

50 mm Screw-on
Al
connection
terminal for ring
terminal
DB122945
PZ2
0.5 to 25 A
32 to 63 A
2 N.m
3.5 N.m
1 to 25 mm2
1 to 35 mm2
DB122935
or ferrule
1 to 16 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
50 mm2
Rigid
cables
Flexible
cables
3 x 16 mm2
3 x 10 mm2
DB118787
14 mm
6.5 mm

torque
Rigid
Flexible
DB122946
DB123060
Rating
DB118789
Connection
5 mm
Technical data
DB123310
500 V AC
Pollution degree
6 kV
Thermal tripping
50 C
See page 233
B curve
4 In 20 %
C curve
8 In 20 %
D curve
12 In 20 %
DB123312
Magnetic tripping
DB123314
42
3
Icn1 = Icn
IP20
Limitation class
IP40

(IEC 60529)
Device in modular
enclosure
Endurance (O-C)
Electrical
Mechanical
IP20
IP40
Insulation class II
10,000 cycles
20,000 cycles
IV
-35C to +70C
Storage temperature
-40C to +85C
version: 1.1

Protection
Circuit protection
Weight (g)
Circuit-breaker
Type
iC60H
1P
125
2P
250
3P
375
4P
500
DB123392
Dimensions (mm)
4P
69.5
54
1P+N / 2P
1P
78.5
72
3P
36
18
50
5.5
4.4
94 85
45
64
4.6
version: 1.1
43
iC60L circuit breakers

(curve B, C, K)
IEC/EN 60947-2
IEC/EN 60898-1 up to 40 A
DB123525
bb iC60L circuit breakers are multi-standard circuit breakers which combine the
PB104452-40
PB104442-40
DB116619
Protection
Circuit protection

Voltage (Ue)
Ph/Ph (2P, 3P, 4P) 12 to 133 V
Service
breaking
capacity
(Ics)
220 to 240 V
380 to 415 V
440 V
12 to 60 V
100 kA
100 to 133 V
100 kA
220 to 240 V
100 kA
70 kA
70 kA
25 kA
20 kA
50 % of Icu (1)
32 / 40 A
70 kA
20 kA
15 kA
50 % of Icu
50 / 63 A
70 kA
15 kA
10 kA
50 % of Icu
Ph/N (1P)
Rating 0.5 to 4 A
(In)
6 to 25 A
100 % of Icu

Voltage (Ue)
Ph/Ph
400 V
Ph/N
230 V
Rating 0.5 to 40 A 15000 A
(In)
Direct current (DC)

Voltage (Ue)
Between +/-
12 to 72 V
Number of poles
1P
15 kA
15 kA
Catalogue numbers
100 to 144 V
Service
breaking
220 to 250 V capacity
(Ics)
15 kA
15 kA
100 % of Icu
iC60L circuit breaker

Type
Auxiliaries
2P

pages 123 and 136
Vigi iC60
Rating (In)
1P

pages 123 and 136

Quality label Curve
(2)

Curve
0.5 A
1A
1.6 A
2A
3A
4A
6A
10 A
A9F93170
A9F93101
A9F93102
A9F93103
A9F93104
A9F93106
A9F93110
A9F94170
A9F94101
A9F94102
A9F94103
A9F94104
A9F94106
A9F94110
A9F95170
A9F95101
A9F95172
A9F95102
A9F95103
A9F95104
A9F95106
A9F95110
A9F93270
A9F93201
A9F93202
A9F93203
A9F93204
A9F93206
A9F93210
A9F94270
A9F94201
A9F94202
A9F94203
A9F94204
A9F94206
A9F94210
A9F95270
A9F95201
A9F95272
A9F95202
A9F95203
A9F95204
A9F95206
A9F95210
16 A
20 A
25 A
32 A
40 A
50 A
63 A
A9F93116
A9F93120
A9F93125
A9F93132
A9F93140
A9F93150
A9F93163
2
A9F94116
A9F94120
A9F94125
A9F94132
A9F94140
A9F94150
A9F94163
A9F95116
A9F95120
A9F95125
A9F95132
A9F95140
A9F95150(3)
A9F95163(3)
A9F93216
A9F93220
A9F93225
A9F93232
A9F93240
A9F93250
A9F93263
4
A9F94216
A9F94220
A9F94225
A9F94232
A9F94240
A9F94250
A9F94263
A9F95216
A9F95220
A9F95225
A9F95232
A9F95240
A9F95250
A9F95263
Accessories
44
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 123 and 136

(1) 100 % of Icu for ratings 6 to 25 A under Ue 100 to 133 V AC Ph/Ph and Ue 12 to 60 V AC Ph/N.
(2) Information to be provided by the country.
(3) Without approval.
version: 1.1

(curve B, C, K) (cont.)
PB104436-40
Protection
Circuit protection
Visi-trip window

bb Large circuit
labelling area

bbDouble clip for
busbar in place

3P
4P

pages 123 and 136

pages 123 and 136
Curve
Curve
A9F93370
A9F93301
A9F93302
A9F93303
A9F93304
A9F93306
A9F93310
A9F94370
A9F94301
A9F94302
A9F94303
A9F94304
A9F94306
A9F94310
A9F95370
A9F95301
A9F95372
A9F95302
A9F95303
A9F95304
A9F95306
A9F95310
A9F93470
A9F93401
A9F93402
A9F93403
A9F93404
A9F93406
A9F93410
A9F94470
A9F94401
A9F94402
A9F94403
A9F94404
A9F94406
A9F94410
A9F95470
A9F95401
A9F95472
A9F95402
A9F95403
A9F95404
A9F95406
A9F95410
A9F93316
A9F93320
A9F93325
A9F93332
A9F93340
A9F93350
A9F93363
4
A9F94316
A9F94320
A9F94325
A9F94332
A9F94340
A9F94350
A9F94363
A9F95316
A9F95320
A9F95325
A9F95332
A9F95340
A9F95350
A9F95363
A9F93416
A9F93420
A9F93425
A9F93432
A9F93440
A9F93450
A9F93463
6
A9F94416
A9F94420
A9F94425
A9F94432
A9F94440
A9F94450
A9F94463
A9F95416
A9F95420
A9F95425
A9F95432
A9F95440
A9F95450
A9F95463
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 123 and 136
version: 1.1
45

Protection
Circuit protection

50 mm Screw-on
Al
connection
terminal for ring
terminal
DB122945
PZ2
0.5 to 25 A
32 to 63 A
2 N.m
3.5 N.m
1 to 25 mm2
1 to 35 mm2
DB122935
or ferrule
1 to 16 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
50 mm2
Rigid
cables
Flexible
cables
3 x 16 mm2
3 x 10 mm2
DB118787
14 mm
6.5 mm

torque
Rigid
Flexible
DB122946
DB123060
Rating
DB118789
Connection
5 mm
DB123310
Technical data
500 V AC
Pollution degree
6 kV
Thermal tripping
50 C
See page 233
B curve
4 In 20 %
C curve
8 In 20 %
K curve
12 In 20 %
DB123312
Magnetic tripping
DB123314
46
3
Icn1 = Icn
IP20
Limitation class
IP40

(IEC 60529)
Device in modular
enclosure
Endurance (O-C)
Electrical
Mechanical
IP20
IP40
Insulation class II
10,000 cycles
20,000 cycles
IV
-35C to +70C
Storage temperature
-40C to +85C
version: 1.1

Protection
Circuit protection
Weight (g)
Circuit-breaker
Type
iC60L
1P
125
2P
250
3P
375
4P
500
DB123586
Dimensions (mm)
4P
2P
1P
78.5
72
3P
69.5
54
36
18
50
5.5
4.4
45
94 85
64
4.6
version: 1.1
47

instantaneous circuit breakers
(curve MA)
Protection
Motor protection
bb iC60L curve MA circuit breakers combine the following functions:

vv suitability for industrial isolation according to IEC/EN 60947-2, standard,
vv fault tripping indication by a red mechanical indicator in circuit breaker front face,
vv to be associated with overload protection for motor.
PB104453-40
PB104443-40
DB116619
IEC/EN 60947-2

Voltage (Ue)
Ph/Ph (2P, 3P, 4P)
220 to 240 V
380 to 415 V
100 kA
100 kA
50 kA
50 % of Icu
6.3 to 25 A
50 kA
25 kA
20 kA
50 % of Icu
40 A
36 kA
20 kA
15 kA
50 % of Icu
440 V
Service
breaking
capacity (Ics)
Catalogue numbers
iC60L instantaneous trip circuit breaker
Type
2P
Auxiliaries
Vigi iC60
3P

pages 123 and 136

pages 123 and 136
Quality label (1) Curve MA
Curve MA
1.6 A
2.5 A
4A
6.3 A
A9F90272
A9F90273
A9F90204
A9F90276
A9F90372
A9F90373
A9F90304
A9F90376
10 A
12.5 A
16 A
25 A
40 A
A9F90210
A9F90282
A9F90216
A9F90225
A9F90240
4
A9F90310
A9F90382
A9F90316
A9F90325
A9F90340
6
Pages 123 and 136
Pages 123 and 136
Rating (In)
Accessories
(1) Information to be provided by the country.
48
version: 1.1

(curve MA) (cont.)
PB104434-40
Protection
Motor protection
Visi-trip window

bb Large circuit
labelling area

bbDouble clip for
busbar in place
version: 1.1
49

(curve MA) (cont.)
Protection
Motor protection

50 mm Screw-on
Al
connection
terminal for ring
terminal
DB122945
PZ2
1.6 to 25 A
40 A
2 N.m
3.5 N.m
1 to 25 mm2
1 to 35 mm2
DB122935
or ferrule
1 to 16 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
50 mm2
Rigid
cables
Flexible
cables
3 x 16 mm2
3 x 10 mm2
DB118787
14 mm
6.5 mm

torque
Rigid
Flexible
DB122946
DB123060
Rating
DB118789
Connection
5 mm
DB123310
Technical data
500 V AC
Pollution degree
6 kV
Thermal tripping
50 C
See page 233
MA curve
12 In 20 %

Magnetic tripping
DB123312
(IEC 60529)
Device in modular
enclosure
Endurance (O-C)
Electrical
Mechanical
DB123314
IP20
50
IP40
IP20
IP40
Insulation class II
10,000 cycles
20,000 cycles
IV
-35C to +70C
Storage temperature
-40C to +85C
version: 1.1

(curve MA) (cont.)
Protection
Motor protection
Weight (g)
Circuit-breaker
Type
iC60L
2P
250
3P
375
DB123594
Dimensions (mm)
78.5
4P
72
3P
2P
69.5
50
54
36
5.5
4.4
94 85
45
64
4.6
version: 1.1
51
PB104014-34
PB104013-34
C60H-DC
C curve
IEC/EN 60947-2, GB 14048.2,

UL1077 (Supplementary Protector TC 3)
DB123431
DB105730
DC circuit supplementary
protectors for feeders /
distribution systems
The C60H-DC supplementary protectors are used in direct current circuits

(Industrial control and automations, transport, renewable energy...).
They combine the following functions of circuit protection against short-circuit and
overload currents, control and isolation.
Catalogue numbers
C60H-DC
Operating voltage
(Ue)
12250 V DC
12500 V DC
Rated voltage (Un)
250 V DC
500 V DC
Number of poles
1P
2P
Curve
Number of
modules of 9 mm
DB116588
DB116587
Diagrams
Supply from above or below,

observing the polarity
Supply from
Supply from
or below
above
Standards
UL1077
UL1077
Breaking capacity
5 kA / 250 V DC 20 kA / 110 V DC 5 kA / 500 V DC

10 kA / 220 V DC
6 kA / 250 V DC
Rating (A)*
IEC 60947-2
EN 60947-2
GB 14048.2
IEC 60947-2
EN 60947-2
GB 14048.2
20 kA / 220 V DC
10 kA / 440 V DC
6 kA / 500 V DC
UL 1077, IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2, GB 14048.2
0.5
MGN61500
MGN61520
MGN61501
MGN61521
MGN61502
MGN61522
MGN61503
MGN61523
MGN61504
MGN61524
MGN61505
MGN61525
MGN61506
MGN61526
10
MGN61508
MGN61528
13
MGN61509
MGN61529
15
MGN61510
MGN61530
16
MGN61511
MGN61531
20
MGN61512
MGN61532
25
MGN61513
MGN61533
30
MGN61514
MGN61534
32
MGN61515
MGN61535
40
MGN61517
MGN61537
Rating (A)*
IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2, GB 14048.2
50
MGN61518
MGN61538
63
MGN61519
MGN61539
* At 25C / 77F see temperature derating module 92515.
52
version: 1.1
C60H-DC (cont.)
C curve
DB123310
Technical data
bb Tripping curves: C curve - Overcurrent protection for any type of application.
bb Positive break indication - the green strip indicates that all the poles are open and
allows work to be carried out on the downstream circuit in complete safety.
bb Suitable for isolation as defined in IEC / EN 60947-2.
bb Increase in the service life of the product: thanks to fast closure independent of the
speed of action on the handle.
bb Current limitation in the event of a fault: fast opening of the contacts prevents the
loads from being destroyed in the event of a short-circuit.
DB123312

DB123314
IP20
Rated service breaking capacity (Ics)
75 % of the ultimate breaking capacity (Icu)
Power loss
See module 92517
Magnetic tripping (Ii)
8.5 In ( 20 %) (compatible with curve C)

under frame
6 kV
500 V DC
Endurance (O-C)
IP40
Electrical
3,000 cycles (where L/R=2 ms)

6,000 cycles where the circuit is resistive
Mechanical
20,000 cycles
DB123538
10
0.39
A (no delay in accordance with IEC/EN 60947-2

standards)
Tropicalization
(IEC 60068-2 and GB 14048.2)
Relative humidity: 95 % at 55C / 131F
-25C to 70C / -13F to 158F
Storage temperature
-40C to 85C / -40F to 185F
Failure to match polarity during connection may

lead to a fire hazard and/or serious injury.
b The connection polarity must be observed
(marked on the front panel).
b Use only with direct current.
b If two poles are used in series for the American
network, use at least a 12 inch / 30 cm cable.
PB104015-24
35
1.38
10
0.39
Pollution degree
35
1.38
Details of minimum distance between circuit-breaker

and earthed metal parts for circuit-breaker intended for
use without enclosure.
Weight (g)
Circuit-breaker
Type
C60H-DC
1P
128 g / 4.51 oz
2P
256 g / 9.03 oz
DB116740
DB116741
Dimensions (mm/in)
C60H-DC
Kit for ring terminals
version: 1.1
53
C60H-DC (cont.)
Connection
O-OF
y 25 A
> 25 A
2.5 N.m /
22 lb.in
3.5 N.m /
31 lb.in
Insulated connector
see module 91906
Comb busbar
see module 91906
Terminal 50 mm Al / Cu
Ring tongue terminal screw connection
27053
Ring tongue terminal connections kit

5 mm, (upstream/downstream)
17400
Insulated distribution terminal 4 pieces
19091
3 pieces
19096
1 to 25 mm2
#18 - #4 AWG
1 to 35 mm2
#18 - #2 AWG
1 to 16 mm2
#18 - #6 AWG
1 to 25 mm2
#18 - #4 AWG
50 mm2
1 AWG
-
Rigid
cables
Flexible
cables
3 x 16 mm2
3 x 6 AWG
3 x 10 mm2
3 x 8 AWG
DB118787
Multi-cables
terminal
5 mm
DB118759
O-OF
DB122945
PZ2
Flexible
or ferrule
Screw-on
connection
for ring
terminal
DB118789
Rigid /
Stranded
6.5 mm
50 mm
Al
terminal
DB122935
14 mm

torque
DB122946
DB123537
Rating
C curve
27060
Mounting accessories
7
Sealable terminal shield
26976
Inter-pole barrier
27001
Rotary handle
Switching sub-assembly
27046
Disconnectable handle
27047
Fixed handle
27048
10
Screw shield
26981
11
Padlocking accessory
(to be locked in the "open" position)
26970
12
Spacer
27062
13
Dividable mounting plate
26996
14
Marker strip
see module 91900
Electrical auxiliaries
Indication
15
SD fault indicating switch
see module 90081
16
OF open/closed contact
see module 90081
Tripping
17
MN undervoltage release
see module 90081
18
MX + OF shunt release
see module 90081
54 mm max.
Indication
Tripping
b The electrical auxiliaries must be installed to the left of the circuit

breaker and within a width of 54 mm.
b If the auxiliary SD contacts are associated with the tripping auxiliaries
(MN, MX, etc.), they must be installed to the left of these auxiliaries.
54
version: 1.1
C60H-DC (cont.)
C curve
Poles connected in series

Network selection
Type
Earthed
Isolated from earth

Isolated polarities
Protected polarities
1 (1P isolation)
Diagrams (and type of faults)
Example : negative polarity to the

earth
DB118853
Earthed central point

DB118852
Earthed polarity + or
DB118851
Source
Selection of supplementary protector and pole connection
DB116738
DB116752
Downstream connection
Two-pole
DB116735
Two-pole
Load
Load
Load
Load
DB116738
Single-pole
Only if L+ polarity is earthed
DB116735
24 V y Un y 250 V
Upstream connection
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
DB116738
Load
DB116738
Downstream connection
DB116737
Load
Two-pole
DB116735
Two-pole
DB116735
Two-pole
DB116736
250 V < Un y 500 V

Upstream connection
Fault analysis (low earth connection resistance)

Fault A
b Isc maximum at U
b Only protected polarity concerned
b All the poles of the protected
polarity must have a breaking
capacity u Isc max. at U
b Isc maximum at U/2

b Only positive polarity concerned
b All the positive polarity poles must
have a breaking capacity
u Isc max. at U/2
b Not relevant
b The fault must be indicated by a
permanent insulation monitor (PIM)
and cleared (IEC/EN 60364)
Fault B
b Isc maximum at U
b If one polarity (in this case
positive) is protected: all the poles of
this polarity must have a breaking
capacity u Isc max. at U
b If two polarities are protected, to
ensure isolation: all the protections of
the two polarities must have a
breaking capacity u Isc max. at U
b Isc maximum at U
b The 2 polarities are concerned
b All the poles of the two polarities
must have a breaking capacity
u Isc max. at U
b Isc maximum at U
b The 2 polarities are concerned
b All the poles of the two polarities
u Isc max. at U
b As for fault A
b All the negative polarity poles
u Isc max. at U/2
b As for fault A with the same

requirements
Fault C
version: 1.1
55
C60H-DC (cont.)
C curve
Curves
Tripping curves
DB122667
C curve as in standard IEC 60947.2

bb The operating range of the magnetic release is as follows between 7 In and 10 In.
bb The curves show the cold thermal tripping limits when poles are charged and the electromagnetic tripping limits
with 2 charged poles.
bb The curves are used without any derating.
t (s)
1000
100
10
0,1
0.01
0.5
Short circuit current limiting
I / In
10
DB123590
250 V with 1P, 500 V with 2P
1000000
10 ms
1000000
10 ms
100000
Limited energy (A 2
s)
100000
Limited energy (A 2
s)
DB123591
50 - 63
32 - 40
10000
20 - 25
16
10
6
50 - 63
32 - 40
20 - 25
10000
16
10
6
4
1000
3
2
1000
3
0.5 - 2
100
0.01
56
0.1
1
10
Prospective current (kA rms)
100
version: 1.1
100
0.01
0.5 - 1
0.1
1
10
100
C60H-DC (cont.)
C curve
Curves (cont.)
Thermal stress limitation curve
DB123589
DB123588
100
Peak current (kA)
Peak current (kA)
100
10
50 - 63
32 - 40
16
10
6
4
3
2
20 - 25
10
50 - 63
32 - 40
16
10
6
4
3
2
0.1
0.01
0.1
20 - 25
1
10
0.1
0.01
100
0.1
1
10
100
Temperature derating (according to UL 1077/ CSA22.2/ UL489A/ UL489/ IEC 60947-2 standards)
The maximum permissable current in a device depends on the ambient temperature in which it is placed.
Ambient temperature is the temperature inside the enclosure or switchboard in which the devices have been
installed.
The reference temperature is in the coloured column.
When several simultaneously operating devices are mounted side by side in a small enclosure, the temperature
rise inside the enclosure causes a reduction in the current rating. A reduction cffficient of the order of 0.8 must
therefore be allocated to the rating (already derated if it depends on the ambient temperature).
Temperature -30
(C)
Ratings (A)
0.5
1
1.2
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
13
15
16
20
25
30
32
35
40
50
60
63
0.63
1.18
1.45
1.86
2.54
3.78
5.08
6.00
7.26
8.76
9.64
12.59
15.49
18.61
19.43
24.06
30.35
37.35
38.45
44.15
48.92
59.93
76.16
78.16
-25
-20
-15
-10
-5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
0.62
1.17
1.43
1.83
2.50
3.71
4.99
5.92
7.15
8.62
9.50
12.38
15.28
18.31
19.14
23.72
29.91
36.74
37.91
43.40
48.17
59.09
74.83
76.91
0.61
1.15
1.41
1.80
2.45
3.65
4.90
5.83
7.04
8.47
9.36
12.16
15.07
18.01
18.85
23.37
29.45
36.12
37.36
42.63
47.42
58.25
73.48
75.63
0.60
1.14
1.39
1.77
2.41
3.58
4.81
5.74
6.94
8.32
9.22
11.94
14.85
17.70
18.55
23.02
28.99
35.50
36.80
41.86
46.65
57.39
72.11
74.33
0.59
1.12
1.37
1.74
2.36
3.51
4.71
5.66
6.83
8.17
9.08
11.71
14.63
17.38
18.25
22.67
28.52
34.86
36.24
41.06
45.87
56.52
70.71
73.01
0.58
1.10
1.34
1.71
2.31
3.45
4.62
5.57
6.71
8.01
8.93
11.49
14.41
17.06
17.95
22.31
28.05
34.21
35.66
40.25
45.08
55.63
69.28
71.67
0.56
1.09
1.32
1.67
2.26
3.38
4.52
5.48
6.60
7.85
8.78
11.25
14.19
16.74
17.64
21.94
27.56
33.54
35.08
39.42
44.28
54.74
67.82
70.30
0.55
1.07
1.30
1.64
2.21
3.30
4.42
5.39
6.48
7.69
8.63
11.01
13.96
16.40
17.32
21.56
27.07
32.86
34.48
38.58
43.45
53.82
66.33
68.90
0.54
1.05
1.27
1.61
2.16
3.23
4.32
5.29
6.37
7.52
8.48
10.77
13.72
16.07
17.00
21.18
26.57
32.17
33.88
37.72
42.62
52.89
64.81
67.47
0.53
1.04
1.25
1.57
2.11
3.16
4.22
5.20
6.25
7.35
8.32
10.52
13.49
15.72
16.68
20.80
26.06
31.46
33.27
36.83
41.76
51.95
63.25
66.02
0.51
1.02
1.22
1.54
2.06
3.08
4.11
5.10
6.12
7.18
8.16
10.26
13.25
15.36
16.34
20.40
25.53
30.74
32.64
35.93
40.89
50.98
61.64
64.53
0.5
1
1.2
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
13
15
16
20
25
30
32
35
40
50
60
63
0.49
0.98
1.17
1.46
1.94
2.92
3.89
4.90
5.87
6.82
7.83
9.73
12.75
14.63
15.65
19.59
24.46
29.24
31.35
34.05
39.09
49.00
58.31
61.44
0.47
0.96
1.15
1.42
1.88
2.84
3.77
4.80
5.74
6.63
7.67
9.45
12.49
14.25
15.29
19.17
23.90
28.46
30.68
33.06
38.16
47.97
56.57
59.83
0.46
0.94
1.12
1.39
1.82
2.75
3.65
4.69
5.61
6.44
7.49
9.17
12.23
13.85
14.93
18.74
23.33
27.66
30.00
32.05
37.20
46.93
54.77
58.18
0.44
0.92
1.09
1.34
1.76
2.66
3.53
4.58
5.47
6.24
7.31
8.87
11.97
13.45
14.56
18.30
22.74
26.83
29.31
31.01
36.22
45.86
52.92
56.49
0.43
0.90
1.07
1.30
1.70
2.57
3.40
4.47
5.33
6.03
7.13
8.57
11.69
13.03
14.17
17.85
22.14
25.98
28.59
29.93
35.21
44.77
50.99
54.74
0.41
0.88
1.04
1.26
1.63
2.48
3.27
4.36
5.19
5.82
6.95
8.25
11.41
12.60
13.78
17.39
21.53
25.10
27.86
28.81
34.17
43.64
48.99
52.93
0.39
0.86
1.01
1.22
1.56
2.38
3.13
4.24
5.04
5.60
6.76
7.92
11.13
12.16
13.37
16.92
20.89
24.19
27.11
27.64
33.10
42.49
46.90
51.06
0.38
0.84
0.98
1.17
1.48
2.27
2.98
4.12
4.89
5.37
6.56
7.58
10.83
11.69
12.95
16.43
20.24
23.24
26.34
26.42
31.99
41.31
44.72
49.12
0.36
0.82
0.95
1.12
1.41
2.17
2.83
4.00
4.73
5.13
6.36
7.22
10.53
11.21
12.52
15.93
19.56
22.25
25.54
25.14
30.84
40.09
42.43
47.10
version: 1.1
57
C60H-DC (cont.)
C curve
Multi-cables connection
6.5 mm
PZ2
O-OF
O-OF
y 25 A
> 25 A
58
2.5 N.m /
22 lb.in
3.5 N.m /
31 lb.in
3 Multi-cables / Different wires
or ferrule
2 x 1 mm2 to 2 x 10 mm2
2 x 18 AWG - 2 x 8 AWG
2 x 1 mm2 to 2 x 16 mm2
2 x 18 AWG - 2 x 6 AWG
version: 1.1
Flexible /
Stranded
Flexible / Stranded /
Rigid
3 x 1 mm2
3 x 18 AWG
3 x 4 mm2
3 x 6 AWG
2 x 2.5 mm2 + 1 x 1.5 mm2

2 x 13 AWG + 1 x 15 AWG
2 x 10 mm2 + 1 x 6 mm2
2 x 8 AWG + 1 x 9 AWG
DB118787
Stranded
DB122945
14 mm
Tightening 2 Copper cables

torque
Rigid /
Flexible
DB122946
DB123537
Rating
Without accessory
C120N circuit breakers

(curves B, C, D)
DB126598
DB126597
(*)
IEC/EN 60898-1, CEI 60947-2

C120N circuit breakers are multistandard circuit breakers that combine the following
functions:
bb Circuit protection against short-circuit currents,
bb Circuit protection against overload currents,
bb Suitability for isolation in the industrial sector to IEC/EN 60947-2,
bb Fault tripping and indication by adding auxiliaries.
056799N_SE-32
DB126596
Protection
Circuit protection

Breaking capacity (Icu) to IEC/EN 60947-2
Type
1P
18360
Service
breaking
capacity (Ics)
Voltage (V)
2P/3P/4P
63 to 125 A
130 V
230 to 400 V 400 to 415 V 440 V
20 kA
10 kA
130 V
230 to 400 V 400 to 415 V 440 V
20 kA
3 kA (1)
10 kA
75 % Icu
6 kA
75 % Icu
056801N_SE-32
Breaking capacity (Icu) to CEI/EN 60898-1

Type
Voltage (V)
1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
230 to 400 V
10000 A
75 % Icu
(1) One-pole breaking capacity in IT isolated neutral system (double fault).
Direct current (DC)

18376
Service breaking
capacity (Ics)
Type
Voltage (V)
1P
24/48 V
125 V
10 kA
10 kA
24/48 V
125 V
250 V
10 kA

2P (in series)
63 to 125 A
250 V
100 % Icu
100 % Icu
Catalogue numbers
C120N circuit breaker
Type
1P
2P
1 3
2 4
Auxiliaries
Remote indication and tripping,

page 136

page 136
Vigi C120
Vigi C120 add-on residual current device,

page 89

page 89
Rating (In)
Curve
63 A
80 A
100 A
125 A
Largeur en pas de 9 mm
Accessories
B
18340
18341
18342
18343
3
Curve
C
18356
18357
18358
18359
D
18378
18379
18380
18381
Page 136
B
18344
18345
18346
18347
6
C
18360
18361
18362
18363
D
18382
18383
18384
18385
Page 136
(*) NF B and C curves only.
60
version: 1.1

(curves B, C, D) (cont.)
Protection
Circuit protection
bb Terminals insulated
to IP20
bb Location for 4 clip-on terminal

markers
bb Label holder on toggle
bb Suitability for isolation in the industrial sector to

IEC/EN 60947-2.
bb The presence of the green strip guarantees that
the contacts open physically and allows work to be
carried out safely on the downstream circuit.
bb Longer product service life thanks to:

vv good overvoltage withstand capacity: products designed to offer a high industrial
performance level (degree of pollution, rated impulse withstand voltage and
insulation voltage).
vv high limitation performances (see limitation curves).
vv fast closure independent of toggle operating speed.
bb Remote indication of the open/closed/tripped state by auxiliary contacts (optional).
bb Power supply from above or below.
3P
4P
1 3 5
1 3 5 7
2 4 6
2 4 6 8

page 136

page 136

page 89

page 89
Curve
B
18348
18349
18350
18351
9
Curve
C
18364
18365
18367
18369
D
18386
18387
18388
18389
B
18352
18353
18354
18355
12
Page 136
C
18371
18372
18374
18376
D
18390
18391
18392
18393
Page 136
version: 1.1
61

Protection
Circuit protection
50 mm Al Screw-on
Terminal connection
for ring
terminal (1)
semi-rigid
DB122945
6.5 mm
PZ2
with ferrule
63 to 125 A 3.5 N.m

1 to 50 mm2
(1) For lugs up to 63 A, front or rear access.
1.5 to 35 mm2
16 to 50 mm2
Multi-cable terminal
Rigid
cables
DB118787

torque
Rigid/
Flexible or
DB118789
With accessories
DB122935
Rating
15 mm
Without access.
DB122946
DB126143
Connection
5 mm
3 x 16 mm
Flexible
cables
3 x 10 mm
DB118767
Technical data
To IEC/EN 60947-2
Clips onto 35 mm DIN rail.
500 V AC
Degree of pollution
6 kV
Thermal
tripping
50 C
Curve B
3 and 5 In
Curve C
5 and 10 In
Curve D
10 and 14 In
To IEC/EN 60898-1
DB122831
Magnetic tripping
Limitation class
(IEC 60529)
Device in a modular
enclosure
Endurance (O-C)
Electrical
63 A
Any installation position.
80...125 A
Mechanical
DB122932
IP20
62
IP40
IP20
IP40
10000 cycles (O-C)
5000 cycles (O-C)
20000 cycles
-25 C to +70 C
Storage temperature
-40 C to +85 C
Tropicalisation (IEC 60068-1)
Treatment 2
(relative humidity 95 % at 55 C)
version: 1.1

Protection
Circuit protection
Weight (g)
Circuit breaker
Type
C120N
1P
205
2P
410
3P
615
4P
820
DB126144
Dimensions (mm)
version: 1.1
63
C120H circuit breakers

(curves B, C, D)
(*)
IEC/EN 60898-1, CEI 60947-2
DB126598
DB126597
DB126596
Protection
Circuit protection
C120H circuit breakers are multistandard circuit breakers that combine the following
functions:
bb circuit protection against short-circuit currents
bb circuit protection against overload currents
bb suitability for isolation in the industrial sector to IEC/EN 60947-2
bb fault tripping and indication by adding auxiliaries.

Type
Service
breaking
capacity (Ics)
Voltage (V)
1P
2P, 3P, 4P
10 to 125 A
130 V
230 to 240 V 400 to 415 V 440 V
30 kA
15 kA
130 V
230 to 240 V 400 to 415 V 440 V
30 kA
4,5 kA (1)
15 kA
50 % Icu
10 kA
50 % Icu
Breaking capacity (Icu) to CEI/EN 60898-1
18503
Type
Voltage (V)
1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
230 to 400 V
15000 A
50 % Icu
(1) One-pole breaking capacity in IT isolated neutral system (double fault).
Direct current (DC)

Voltage (V)
1P
24/48 V
125 V
15 kA
15 kA
24/48 V
125 V
250 V
15 kA
18437
Service breaking
capacity (Ics)
Type
2P (in series)
10 to 125 A
250 V
100 % Icu
100 % Icu
Catalogue numbers
C120H circuit breaker
Type
1P
2P
1 3
2 4
Auxiliaries

page 136

page 136
Vigi C120

page 89

page 89
Rating (In)
Curve
10 A
16 A
20 A
25 A
32 A
40 A
50 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
125 A
Width in 9 mm modules
Accessories
B
18394
18395
18396
18397
18398
18399
18400
18401
18402
18403
18404
3
Curve
C
18438
18439
18440
18441
18442
18443
18444
18445
18446
18447
18448
D
18482
18483
18484
18485
18486
18487
18488
18489
18490
18491
18492
Page 136
B
18405
18406
18407
18408
18409
18410
18411
18412
18413
18414
18415
6
C
18449
18450
18451
18452
18453
18454
18455
18456
18457
18458
18459
D
18493
18494
18495
18496
18497
18498
18499
18500
18501
18502
18503
Page 136
(*) NF B and C curves only.
64
version: 1.1

(curves B, C, D)
Protection
Circuit protection
to IP20
bb Location for 4 clip-on terminal

markers
bb Label holder on toggle

IEC/EN 60947-2.
carried out safely on the downstream circuit.

vv good overvoltage withstand capacity: products designed to provide a high
industrial performance level (degree of pollution, rated impulse withstand voltage
and insulation voltage).
vv high limitation performances (see limitation curves).
vv fast closure independent of toggle operating speed.
bb Remote indication of the open/closed/tripped state by auxiliary contacts (optional).
bb Power supply from above or below.
3P
4P
1 3 5
1 3 5 7
2 4 6
2 4 6 8

page 136

page 136

page 89

page 89
Curve
B
18416
18417
18418
18419
18420
18421
18422
18423
18424
18425
18426
9
Curve
C
18460
18461
18462
18463
18464
18465
18466
18467
18468
18469
18470
D
18504
18505
18506
18507
18508
18509
18510
18511
18512
18513
18514
B
18427
18428
18429
18430
18431
18432
18433
18434
18435
18436
18437
12
Page 136
C
18471
18472
18473
18474
18475
18476
18477
18478
18479
18480
18481
D
18515
18516
18517
18518
18519
18520
18521
18522
18523
18524
18525
Page 136
version: 1.1
65

Rating

torque
Rigid
Flexible or
with ferrule
DB122945
6.5 mm
PZ2
50 mm
Al term.
Screw-on
connection
for ring
terminal (1)
DB122935
15 mm
With accessories
10 to 125 A 3.5 N.m

1 to 50 mm2
1.5 to 35 mm2
(1) For lugs up to 63 A, front or rear accessories.
Rigid
cables
Flexible
cables
DB118787
Without access.
DB122946
DB126143
Connection
DB118789
Protection
Circuit protection
16 to 50 mm2 5 mm
3 x 16 mm
3 x 10 mm
DB118767
Technical data
To IEC/EN 60947-2
500 V AC
Degree of pollution
6 kV
Thermal tripping
50 C
Curve B
3 and 5 In
Curve C
5 and 10 In
Curve D
10 and 14 In
To IEC/EN 60898-1
DB122831
Magnetic tripping
Limitation class
(IEC 60529)
Device in a modular
enclosure
Endurance (O-C)
Electrical
63 A
80...125 A
Mechanical
DB122932
IP20
66
IP40
IP20
IP40 (IPXXD)
10000 cycles (O-C)
5000 cycles (O-C)
20000 cycles
-30 C to +60 C
Storage temperature
-40 C to +70 C
Tropicalisation (IEC 60068-1)
Treatment 2
(relative humidity 95% at 55C)
version: 1.1

Protection
Circuit protection
Weight (g)
Circuit breaker
Type
C120H
1P
205
2P
410
3P
615
4P
820
DB126144
Dimensions (mm)
version: 1.1
67
Protection
Switch up to 125 A
NG125NA switches
DB116619
IEC/EN 60947-3
056909N_SE-30
056908N_SE-30
bb The NG125NA is a switch-disconnector with free tripping for making and breaking
under load.
bb It is especially suitable for the modular enclosure incoming feeder with remote
breaking (e.g. emergency cutoff) or earth leakage protection functions.
NG125NA 3P
NG125NA 4P
Catalogue numbers
NG125NA switch
Type
Auxiliaries
Rating (In) Quality label
(1)
63 A
80 A
100 A
125 A
Accessories
3P
3P+N
Remote indication and tripping, module CM907005

Vigi NG125 add-on residual current device, module
CM902008
18889
18890
18891
18892
9
18897
18898
18899
18900
12
Module CM907006
(1) Information to be supplied by the country concerned.
68
version: 1.1
Protection
Switch up to 125 A
NG125NA switches (cont.)
DB116619
IEC/EN 60947-3
056909N_SE-30
056908N_SE-30
bb The NG125NA is a switch-disconnector with free tripping for making and breaking
under load.
bb It is especially suitable for the modular enclosure incoming feeder with remote
breaking (e.g. emergency cutoff) or earth leakage protection functions.
NG125NA 3P
NG125NA 4P
Catalogue numbers
NG125NA switch
Type
Auxiliaries
Rating (In) Quality label
(1)
63 A
80 A
100 A
125 A
Accessories
3P
3P+N
Remote indication and tripping, module CM907005

Vigi NG125 add-on residual current device, module
CM902008
18889
18890
18891
18892
9
18893
18894
18895
18896
12
Module CM907006
version: 1.1
69
Connection
Without
accessories
DB122861
Protection
Switch up to 125 A
NG125
u 80 A
20 mm
With
accessories
Rating Tightening Copper cables

torque
70 mm2 Screw-on Small

Al
connection ring
terminal
Flexible or terminal for ring
terminal
with
Rigid
Rigid
cables
Flexible
cables
DB118787
DB118789
DB123488
DB123410
DB122946
PZ2
6.5 mm
NG125
63 A
y 63 A
80 to
125 A
DB122945
ferrule
Multi-cable
terminal
6 mm
3.5 N.m
6 N.m
1.5 to 50 mm2 1 to 35 mm2 16 to 70 mm2 10 to 50 mm2 25 to 70 mm2 2 x 35 mm2

1 x 50 mm2
1 x 70 mm2
3 x 16 mm2 3 x 10 mm2
bb Upstream voltage taps for each pole, by 6.35 mm Fast-on terminal.
Technical data
DB123310

Max. voltage rating (Ue)
500 V AC
690 V AC
Degree of pollution
8 kV
Short time withstand current (50 ms) Icw
1.5 kA
AC22A/B - AC23B
DB123312
Degree of
Device only
protection
Device in modular enclosure
(IEC 60529)
Endurance (O-C)
IP20
IP40
Category A
Category B
Electrical
y 100 A 1500 cycles
(except AC20 and DC20)
125 A 1000 cycles
Mechanical
DB123314
IP20
70
IP40
300 cycles
200 cycles
20,000 cycles
-10C to +60C
Storage temperature
-40C to +70C
Treatment 2 (relative humidity of 95% at 55C)
version: 1.1
Protection
Switch up to 125 A
Weight (g)
Switch
Type
NG125NA
3P
720
4P
960
DB123487
DB122588
Dimensions (mm)
27.75 25.5 27.75
79.5
28.5
16.25
16.25
70.5
70.5
16.25
16.25
53.25
28.5
51
Spacing for mounting on panel
version: 1.1
71
Protection
Switch up to 125 A
bbVoltage taps:
vv auxiliaries power supply
vv measurement
vv emergency stop
vv remote reporting
bbCable strength:
vv ribbed cage
vv terminal depth
vv tightening by Allen hex
key (NG125 80 A)
056918N_SE-90
bb Integrated padlocking
device
bbTest button to check

satisfactory operation of
the tripping mechanism
bbPull-out strength:
vv metallic lock
bbCentral manual control, 3

positions:
vv ON
vv tripped on fault
vv open
bbImpact and vibration resistance:

vv high-strength enclosure
vv IK 05
bb Circuit breaker tripped indicator
DB123493
bbElectric power supply

through the top or bottom
bbPositive contact indication:

vv suitability for isolation in the industrial sector to IEC/EN 60947-3;
vv the presence of the green strip guarantees that the contacts open physically
and allows work to be carried out safely on the downstream circuit.
bb Longer product service life due to:

vv good overvoltage withstand capacity;
vv high limitation performances;
vv fast closure independent of the speed of actuation of the toggle.
72
version: 1.1
STI isolatable fuse-carriers
PG134083A_SE
053461LD-30
Circuit protection
Tertiary sector, Industry
15646
STI
Cartridges
IEC EN 60947-3
NF C 60-200, NF C 63-210
and IEC 60269-1/2
bb The STI isolatable fuse-carriers provide overload and short-circuit protection.

bb They are used for industrial applications requiring a high breaking capacity.
bb They perform the isolation function and must not be used as switches.
bb They can be equipped with an indicator light indicating blowing of the fuse
cartridge.
bb Isolation of all poles is guaranteed for the 2P, 3P, and 3P+N versions during
factory assembly.
The general purpose fuse (gG fuse) provides overload and short-circuit protection.
The fuse for motor application (aM fuse) only provides short-circuit protection.
It is used for protection of loads with a high peak current (motors, transformer
primaries, etc.).
15668
Accessories
Comb busbar
bb Used to quickly bridge several STI of the same kind.
Busbar connectors
bb Used to supply the busbar.
bb For 25 mm2 cable.
230 V neon indicator light
bb Indicates fuse blowing (off in normal operation and lit red after fuse blowing).
bb 400 V maxi.
Padlocking device
bb Locks the toggle in the "open" or "closed" position. Used with an 8 mm max.
diameter padlock (not supplied).
Clip-on markers (C60 type)
bb Used to identify:
vv either on the front face of the device
vv or on the downstream terminals.
Catalogue numbers
Fuse cartridge
1P
1
2
8.5 x 31.5
10.3 x 38
2A
4A
6A
10 A
2A
4A
6A
10 A
25 A
32 A
400 V AC
400 V AC
400 V AC
400 V AC
500 V AC
500 V AC
500 V AC
500 V AC
400 V AC
400 V AC
20 kA
20 kA
20 kA
20 kA
120 kA
120 kA
120 kA
120 kA
120 kA
-
20 kA
20 kA
20 kA
120 kA
120 kA
120 kA
120 kA
-
15733
15734
15735
15737
15742
15743
15744
15746
15750
-
15767
15768
15769
15775
15776
15777
15779
-
1P+N (1)
N 1
2P
1
3P
1
DB110801
gG
DB112800
Network type
Short-circuit current
(Isc)
aM
gG
aM
DB112799
Voltage
rating (Ue)
DB112798
Rating
STI fuse holder
DB112797
Type
3P+N (1)
N 1 3
15635
15645
15650
15655
15657
2 modules
of 9 mm
2 modules
of 9 mm
4 modules
of 9 mm
6 modules
of 9 mm
6 modules
of 9 mm
15636
15646
15651
15656
15658
2 modules
of 9 mm
2 modules
of 9 mm
4 modules
of 9 mm
6 modules
of 9 mm
6 modules
of 9 mm
Operating frequency : 50/60 Hz
(1) The neutral pole comes equipped with a locked tube.
74
version: 1.1

(cont.)
Circuit protection
Without accessory
or ferrule
PZ2
STI
All
2 N.m
Screw-on connection for ring terminal
27053
Insulated connectors
(set of 4)
14885
Comb busbar
24 pas
1P
14881
26 pas
1P+N
14880
24 pas
2P
14882
24 pas
3P
14883
24 pas
4P
14884
Flange for comb busbars For 1P, 2P

(set of 40)
For 3P, 4P
14886
Teeth shield
14888
(set of 40)
DB122946
DB122945
5.5 mm
cables
cables
0.75 to 10 mm2 0.33 to 6 mm2 0.75 to 10 mm2 0.33 to 6 mm2 5 mm
DB123325
12 mm
Multi-cables terminal Screw-on connection for

ring terminal
Rigid
Flexible
DB118787
DB123241
Type Rating Tightening Copper cables

torque
Rigid
Flexible
With accessories
DB118789
Connection
14887
7
Padlocking device
Neon indicator light
15669
Clip-on terminal markers See module
1 piece blister
15668
CA907001
version: 1.1
75

(cont.)
Circuit protection
DB123309
Technical data
690 V
Pollution degree
IP20
DB123311

IP40
Insulation classe II
-20C to +60C
Storage temperature
-40C to +80C
Isolation with positive contact indication by tilting the

fuse-carrier
Captive fuse-carrier
Additional housing is provided for a
spare fuse
By indicator light ON after blowing
Cartridge blowing signalling (option)
To be equiped with aM or gG (gL - gl) type fuse cartridge without striker, with or without fuse
blowing indicator:
Fuse cartridge type

8.5 x 31 mm
DB123313
IP20
IP40
10.3 x 38 mm
Ith
Pmax*
aM
10 A
3W
gG
20 A
3W
aM
25 A
3.5 W
gG
32 A
3.5 W
*Pmax: maximum dissipated power per fuse cartridge.
Specific technical data STI 1P+N and 3P+N

Disconnection of the phase and neutral in the normal dimensions of the phase (2 mod. of 9 mm)
Phase opening causes compulsory opening of the neutral
The phase opens before the neutral on isolation and closes after the neutral on circuit closing
DB122933
Dimensions (mm)
54
3P / 3P+N
36
2P
1P / 1P+N
18
5.5
44
16
45
81 35
DB122934
STI
aM, gG fuse cartridge
Type
B
8.5 x 31.5 mm 8.5

10.3 x 38 mm 10.3
31.5
38
10.3
10.5
aM, gG
76
version: 1.1
Protection
Choice of earth leakage

protection devices
Choice of sensitivity
The sensitivity of an earth leakage protection device depends mainly on the function it has to perform:
bb Protection from electric shock by direct contact.
bb Protection from electric shock by indirect contact.
bb Protection from fire due to current leakage.
The following table gives a reminder of:
bb The circuits that must be protected against these various risks (obligation or recommendation).
bb The type of earth leakage protection device to be used in each case, its sensitivity, and its location in the distribution diagram.
Type of
protection
Obligations
National standard
To be filled in
according to the
country standard
International standard
IEC60364
Recommended Sensitivity (In)

by
30 mA (*)
100 mA to 3000 mA
Schneider
(depending on the
Electric
earthing system)
300 mA (or 500 mA)
Protection from electric shock by direct contact

DB123167
To be filled in
according to the
country standard
Power supply for

bb General-purpose power
sockets, up to 20 A
bb Appliances in the vicinity of
a bathtub, shower, pond or
swimming pool
bb Portable appliances for
outdoor use, up to 32 A
bb Lighting for exhibition
stands and shows
bb Outdoor lighting
To be modified according to
national obligations (above)
bb Lighting in the home Setup in final

distribution
switchboard
bb Residual
current device
protecting a
circuit
bb Residual
current circuit
breaker
protecting a
group of circuits
Protection from electric shock by indirect contact

DB123168
To be filled in
according to the
country standard
The entire power distribution

system, except for devices:
bb With class II insulation
bb Operating at Safety Extra
Low Voltage (class III)
Setup in final
distribution
switchboard
bb Residual current
circuit breaker or
device, on incoming
feeder
Setup in
subdistribution
board or main
switchboard
bb Residual current
device protecting a
circuit
bb Residual current
device or circuit
breaker protecting a
group of circuits
bb On incoming
feeder: residual
current circuit
breaker or device
Protection from fire due to current leakage

DB123169
To be filled in
according to the
country standard
bb High-risk premises:
vv explosion (BE3)
vv fire (BE2)
bb Agricultural and
horticultural buildings
bb Equipment for fairs,
exhibitions and shows
bb Temporary outdoor
recreational installations
bb Dilapidated
buildings or electrical
installations
bb Humid
atmospheres:
agricultural buildings,
public swimming pools
bb Presence of
chemical agents
Setup in final
distribution
switchboard
bb Residual current
circuit breaker or
device, on incoming
feeder
Setup in
subdistribution
board or main
switchboard
bb Residual current
device protecting
each circuit to a
high-risk zone
bb Residual current
device or circuit
breaker protecting a
group of circuits
bb On incoming
feeder: residual
current circuit
breaker or device
(*) The 10 mA sensitivity is useful for certain very specific applications, where there is a risk that someone could sustain a non-dangerous current (10 to 30 mA)
without being able to get free. Example: healthcare equipment for hospital beds. Generally, devices with this very high sensitivity are liable to cause frequent
tripping, due to the natural leakage currents of the installation.
78
version: 1.1
Choice of earth leakage

protection devices (cont.)
Protection
Interference immunity
Schneider Electric provides various equipment technologies capable of overcoming the consequences of interference of all kinds.
Operating conditions
Loads
Examples
A si
bb General-purpose power sockets

bb Incandescent lighting
bb Household appliances: microwave oven, dishwasher,
clothes dryer
bb Electric heating, water heater
bb Household appliances: induction cooking appliances, washing
machines (variable speed)
bb Single-phase variable speed drives
bb Three-phase variable speed industrial drives
bb Three-phase uninterruptible power supplies
bb Fluorescent lighting powered by extra low voltage transformer,
by electronic ballast
bb Variable luminosity lighting
bb Powerful IT equipment
bb Single-phase variable speed industrial drives
bb Air conditioning
bb Telecommunications equipment
bb Capacitor banks
bb Microcomputer systems
bb Computer peripherals (printers, scanners, etc.)
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
Vicinity of equipment generating

transient overvoltages
Circuits powered by an
uninterruptible power supply
"Isolated neutral" (IT) earthing
system
Major risk of lightning strokes
bb High-powered switching devices

bb Reactive energy compensation banks
bb Backed-up networks
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb Buildings protected by a lightning protection system

bb Mountainous or humid regions
bb Regions with high keraunic level
bb
bb
Ambient temperature which

could be less than -5C
Presence of corrosive agents
(AF2 to AF4) or dust
bb
bb
bb
bb Indoor swimming pools

bb Yacht harbours, marinas, camping grounds
bb Water treatment
bb Chemical industries, heavy industries, paper mills
bb Mines and cellars, road tunnels
bb Markets, stock raising, food processing industries
bb (1)
DB123165
With no special characteristics
Including a
rectifier
Single phase
Three phase
Generating high-frequency
interference (current peaks,
harmonics)
Including an anti-harmonic filter

in the power supply
DB123166
Electrical environment
DB123164
Atmosphere
Types
AC
(1) SiE for C120 and NG125 circuit-breakers
Discrimination
Residual current devices of average sensitivity (100 mA and more) are available in a selective (s) and delayed (R) version.
This option ensures that, in the event of an earth fault downstream of the installation, only the defective part is switched off.
The table below shows (in green) which upstream/downstream equipment combinations provide this discrimination.
Sensitivity (mA) - Upstream

DB123476
Sensitivity (mA) - Downstream

s or R
Instantaneous 30
100
300
500
1000
3000
100
Selective s
300
500
1000
3000
Delayed R
1000
3000
Instantaneous
30
100
300
version: 1.1
500
1000
3000
Selective s
100
300
500
1000
3000
Delayed R
1000
3000
79
Overview of the earth leakage

protection product range
Protection
Selection guide
Standards
Number of poles
Type
Voltage (V)
Impulse voltage (kV)
Insulation voltage (V)
Current rating (A)
Frequency (Hz)
Rated breaking capacity (A)
Rated residual breaking and
making capacity (A)
Curve
Sensitivity (mA)
Curves
For more details, see page

Accessories
80
Ue
Uimp
Ui
In
1P+N
2P
3P
4P
AC
A
si(E)
B
Icn
(IDm)
(IDn)
10
30
100
300
500
1000
3000
300 s
500 s
1000 s
3000 s
B
C
D
L
K
MA
PB104472-35
iID K
iID
62074_SE-35
Residual current circuit breakers

PB104497-35
Type
RCCB-ID type B
IEC/EN 61008
IEC/EN 61008
IEC/EN 61008 and VDE 0664
bb
bb
230/400
4
440
25 - 40 - 63
50/60
10 In (500 A min.)
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
230/400
6
500
16 to 100
50/60
1500
bb
bb
230/400
4
400
25 to 125
50
10 In (500 A min.)
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
Page 102
Page 97
Page 104
Page 123 and 136
Page 104
version: 1.1
Overview of the earth leakage

protection product range (cont.)
Vigi iC60
PB104466-40
PB101616_SE-35
Add-on residual
current devices
Vigi C120
IEC/EN 60947-2 and

IEC/EN61009
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
130, 230/400
6
500
25 - 40 - 63
50/60
IEC/EN 60947-2 and IEC/EN 61009
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
Depending on circuit breaker

used
Depending on circuit breaker used
Page 82
Page 88
Page 123 and 136
Page 123 and 136
056776_SE-35
Protection
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
230/400
6
500
10 - 125
50/60
version: 1.1
81
Vigi iC60 add-on residual

current devices (AC type)
IEC/EN 61009-1
DB123430
bb Combined with iC60 circuit breaker, the Vigi iC60 provide:

vv protection of persons against electric shock by direct contact (y 30 mA),
vv protection of persons against electric shock by indirect contact (u 100 mA),
vv protection of installations against the risk of fire (300 mA or 500 mA).
PB104471-35
PB104466-35
DB116619
Protection
Catalogue numbers
Vigi iC60 add-on residual current devices
Type
AC
Product
Vigi iC60
Auxiliaries
Without auxiliaries
2P
DB122462
Rating
Sensitivity
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
25 A
A9V41225
A9V01225*
A9V41240
A9V01240*
A9V41263
A9V01263*
A9V12225
A9V44225
A9V04225*
A9V44240
A9V04240*
A9V44263
A9V04263*
A9V16225
A9V16240
A9V16263
A9V15263
40 A
63 A
3P
DB122463
Rating
4P
DB122464
Rating
Voltage rating (Ue)

Operating frequency
Accessories
82
Width in 9 mm
modules
A9V12263
Sensitivity
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
25 A
40 A
63 A
A9V41325
A9V41340
A9V41363
A9V44325
A9V44340
A9V44363
A9V16325
A9V16340
A9V16363
A9V15363
Sensitivity
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
25 A
40 A
63 A
A9V41425
A9V41440
A9V41463
A9V12425
A9V12463
A9V44425
A9V44440
A9V44463
A9V16425
A9V16440
A9V16463
A9V15463
6
7
7
6
7
7
230 - 240 V, 400 - 415 V

Except * 130 V
50/60 Hz
Page 123
version: 1.1

current devices (Asi type)
IEC/EN 61009-1
DB123430
bb Combined with iC60 circuit breaker, the Vigi iC60 provide:

vv protection of installations against the risk of fire (300 mA).
PB104471-35
PB104466-35
DB116619
Protection
The Asi type provides increased immunity from electrical interference and polluted or
corrosive environments.
Catalogue numbers
Vigi iC60 add-on residual current devices
Type
Asi
Product
Vigi iC60
Auxiliaries
Without auxiliaries
DB122462
2P
Sensitivity
10 mA
30 mA
300 mA s
Rating
25 A
40 A
63 A
A9V30225
-
A9V61225
A9V61240
A9V61263
A9V65263
Sensitivity
10 mA
30 mA
300 mA s
Rating
25 A
40 A
63 A
A9V61325
A9V61340
A9V61363
A9V65363
Sensitivity
10 mA
30 mA
300 mA s
Rating
25 A
40 A
63 A
A9V61425
A9V61440
A9V61463
A9V65463
DB122463
3P
4P
DB122464
Width in 9 mm
modules
Voltage rating (Ue)

Operating frequency
Accessories
3
4
4
6
7
7
6
7
7
230 - 240 V, 400 - 415 V

50/60 Hz
Page 123
version: 1.1
83

current devices (AC, A, Asi types)
Protection
Connection
DB122948
Type
Rating
Tightening torque
Copper cables
6.5 mm
DB122946
Flexible or ferrule
DB122945
Rigid
PZ2
Vigi iC60
14 mm
25 A
40 to 63 A
2 N.m
3.5 N.m
1 to 16 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
1 to 35 mm2
DB123310
Technical data
According to IEC 60947-2
500 V
Pollution degree
6 kV
DB123312
Surge current
withstand (8/20 s)
without tripping
AC and A types (no selective s) 250

AC, A types (selective s)
3 k
Asi type
3 k
Operating
temperature
Storage temperature
DB123314
IP20
84
AC type
A and Asi types
IP20
IP40
-5C to +60C
-25C to +60C
-40C to +85C
IP40
version: 1.1

(cont.)
Protection
Weight (g)
Type
Vigi iC60
2P
165
3P
210
4P
245
Dimensions (mm)
DB122766
Vigi iC60 25 A
73.5
36
27
54
54
91
72
54
91
2P
5.5
91
3P
4P
54
91
45
73.5
36
2P
20
101 91
Vigi iC60 40 and 63 A

36
44
63
72
91
63
5.5
91
3P
101 91
44
20
45
4P
version: 1.1
85
Protection

(cont.)
DB123612
Association iC60a, N, H, L + Vigi iC60

iC60
0.5 A to 25 A
32 A - 40 A
50 A - 63 A
Vigi iC60
25 A
bb
NO
NO
Vigi iC60
40 A
bb
bb
NO
Vigi iC60
63 A
bb
bb
bb
Association iC60L-MA + Vigi iC60

iC60
1.6 A to 16 A
DB123515
25 A - 40 A
Vigi iC60
25 A
bb
NO
Vigi iC60
40 A
bb
bb
Vigi iC60
63 A
bb
bb
Visi-trip window

mechanical indicator on the front face.
bbTest button
bb Large circuit labelling area

bbQuick connection without any
screw (up to 40 A)
bb No retightening between Vigi
iC60 add-on residual current
device and iC60 circuit breaker
bbDouble clip for
busbar in place
Asi type
86
version: 1.1
Vigi C120 add-on residual

current devices (type AC)
Protection
DBxxxxxx
EN 61009
056773_SE-44
When a Vigi C120 device is combined with a C120 circuit breaker, it provides the
bb protection of persons against electric shock by direct contact (30 mA),
bb protection of persons against electric shock by indirect contact (u 300 mA),
bb protection of installations against fire hazards (300 mA to 1000 mA).
056774_SE-43
2P
056775_SE-55
3P
4P
Catalogue numbers
Vigi C120 add-on residual current devices
Type
Auxiliaries
Without auxiliary
2P
dess. 077
Width in 9 mm
modules
AC
Vigi C120
Product
Sensitivity
1 3
30 mA
300 mA
300 mA s
1000 mA s
18538
18539
18544
18545
2 4
dess. 079
3P
Sensitivity
1 3 5
30 mA
300 mA
300 mA s
1000 mA s
18540
18541
18546
18547
10
2 4 6
dess. 078B
4P
Sensitivity
1 3 5 7
30 mA
300 mA
300 mA s
1000 mA s
18542
18543
18548
18549
10
2 4 6 8
Operating voltage (Ue)

Operating frequency
Accessories
88
230...415 V
50/60 Hz
Page 136
version: 1.1

current devices (type A)
Protection
DBxxxxxx
EN 61009
056773_SE-44
following functions :
056774_SE-43
2P
056775_SE-55
3P
4P
Catalogue numbers
Type
Auxiliaries
Without auxiliary
2P
dess. 077
Width in 9 mm
modules
A
Vigi C120
Product
Sensitivity
1 3
30 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
500 mA s
1000 mA s
18572
18573
18574
18581
18582
18583
30 mA
18575
300 mA
18576
500 mA
18577
300 mA s
18584
500 mA s
18585
1000 mA s
18586
10
30 mA
18578
300 mA
18579
500 mA
18580
300 mA s
18587
500 mA s
18588
1000 mA s
18559
10
2 4
dess. 079
3P
Sensitivity
1 3 5
2 4 6
dess. 078B
4P
Sensitivity
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8

Operating frequency
Accessories
230...415 V
50/60 Hz
Page 136
version: 1.1
89
Vigi C120 residual current

devices (types A "si" and "SiE")
Protection
056842N_SE
056841N_SE
DBxxxxxx
EN 61009
3P
056843N_SE
2P
Special feature of type A "si"

:
They are appropriate for operating in environments with:
bb high risk of nuisance tripping: frequent lightning strikes, IT system, presence of
electronic ballasts, frequency converters, presence of switchgear incorporating
lighting type interference filters, computer system, etc.
bb blind sources:
vv presence of harmonics or high frequency rejections
vv presence of DC components: diodes, diode bridges, switch-mode power supplies,
etc.
bb protected against nuisance tripping caused by transient voltage surges (lightning
strike, operation of switchgear on the network, etc.)
Special feature of type A "SiE"
:
They are appropriate for operation in a humid atmosphere and/or an atmosphere
polluted by aggressive agents: swimming pools, marinas, agro-food industry, water
treatment plants, etc.
4P
Catalogue numbers
Type
Product
Auxiliaries
Without auxiliary
2P
dess. 077
Width in 9 mm
modules
"si"
Vigi C120
Sensitivity
1 3
30 mA
300 mA
300 mA s
1000 mA s
18591
18592
18556
18557
2 4
dess. 079
3P
Sensitivity
1 3 5
30 mA
300 mA
300 mA s
1000 mA s
18594
18595
18558
18559
10
2 4 6
dess. 078B
4P
Sensitivity
1 3 5 7
30 mA
300 mA
300 mA s
1000 mA s
18597
18598
18560
18561
10
2 4 6 8
Type
Auxiliaries
Without auxiliary
3P
dess. 079
Width in 9 mm
modules
"SiE"
Vigi C120
Product
Sensitivity
1 3 5
30 mA
18676
300 mA
18677
300 mA s
-
1000 mA s
-
10
30 mA
18602
300 mA
18678
300 mA s
18600
1000 mA s
18601
10
2 4 6
dess. 078B
4P
Sensitivity
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8

Operating frequency
Accessories
90
230...415 V
50 Hz
Page 136
version: 1.1

current devices (type AC)
Protection
DB123430
EN 61009
056773_SE-44
056774_SE-43
2P
056775_SE-55
3P
4P
Catalogue numbers
Type
Auxiliaries
Without auxiliary
2P
dess. 077
Width in 9 mm
modules
AC
Vigi C120
Product
Sensitivity
1 3
30 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
1000 mA s
18563
18564
18565
18544
18545
2 4
dess. 079
3P
Sensitivity
1 3 5
30 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
1000 mA s
18566
18567
18568
18546
18547
10
2 4 6
dess. 078B
4P
Sensitivity
1 3 5 7
30 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
1000 mA s
18569
18570
18571
18548
18549
10
2 4 6 8

Operating frequency
Accessories
230...415 V
50/60 Hz
Page 136
version: 1.1
91

current devices (type A)
Protection
DB123430
EN 61009
056773_SE-44
following functions :
056774_SE-43
2P
056775_SE-55
3P
4P
Catalogue numbers
Type
Auxiliaries
Without auxiliary
2P
dess. 077
Width in 9 mm
modules
A
Vigi C120
Product
Sensitivity
1 3
30 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
500 mA s
1000 mA s
18572
18573
18574
18581
18582
18583
30 mA
18575
300 mA
18576
500 mA
18577
300 mA s
18584
500 mA s
18585
1000 mA s
18586
10
30 mA
18578
300 mA
18579
500 mA
18580
300 mA s
18587
500 mA s
18588
1000 mA s
18589
10
2 4
dess. 079
3P
Sensitivity
1 3 5
2 4 6
dess. 078B
4P
Sensitivity
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8

Operating frequency
Accessories
92
230...415 V
50/60 Hz
Page 136
version: 1.1

devices (types A "si" and "SiE")
Protection
056842N_SE
056841N_SE
DB123430
EN 61009
3P
056843N_SE
2P
Special feature of type A "si"

:
They are appropriate for operating in environments with:
bb high risk of nuisance tripping: frequent lightning strikes, IT system, presence of
electronic ballasts, frequency converters, presence of switchgear incorporating
lighting type interference filters, computer system, etc.
bb blind sources:
vv presence of harmonics or high frequency rejections
vv presence of DC components: diodes, diode bridges, switch-mode power supplies,
etc.
bb protected against nuisance tripping caused by transient voltage surges (lightning
strike, operation of switchgear on the network, etc.)
Special feature of type A "SiE"
:
They are appropriate for operation in a humid atmosphere and/or an atmosphere
polluted by aggressive agents: swimming pools, marinas, agro-food industry, water
treatment plants, etc.
4P
Catalogue numbers
Type
Auxiliaries
Without auxiliary
2P
dess. 077
Width in 9 mm
modules
"si"
Vigi C120
Product
Sensitivity
1 3
30 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
1000 mA s
18591
18592
18593
18556
18557
2 4
dess. 079
3P
Sensitivity
1 3 5
30 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
1000 mA s
18594
18595
18596
18558
18559
10
2 4 6
dess. 078B
4P
Sensitivity
1 3 5 7
30 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
1000 mA s
18597
18598
18599
18560
18561
10
2 4 6 8
Type
Auxiliaries
Without auxiliary
3P
dess. 079
Width in 9 mm
modules
"SiE"
Vigi C120
Product
Sensitivity
1 3 5
30 mA
18676
300 mA
18677
500 mA
-
300 mA s
-
1000 mA s
-
10
30 mA
18602
300 mA
18678
500 mA
-
300 mA s
18600
1000 mA s
18601
10
2 4 6
dess. 078B
4P
Sensitivity
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8

Operating frequency
Accessories
230...415 V
50 Hz
Page 136
version: 1.1
93

devices (typesAC,A,
"si" and "SiE")
Protection
Connection
Tightening
torque
Copper cables
Rigid
Flexible or with ferrule

DB122946
Sensitivity
DB122945
DB123774
Type
6.5 mm
PZ2 Vigi C120
30...1000 mA
3.5 N.m
1 to 35 mm2
1 to 50 mm2
15 mm
DB123310
Caractristiques techniques
To IEC 60947-2
500 V AC
Degree of pollution
6 kV
To EN 61009

DB123312
Impulse current
withstand (8/20 s)
without tripping
Types AC and A (non-selective s)
250
Types AC and A (selective s)
3 k
Types "si" and "SiE" (non-selective s) 3 k

Types "si" and "SiE" (selective s)
5 k
DB123314
IP20
Device only
IP20
Device in a modular enclosure
IP40
Insulation class II
-5 C to +60 C
Operating temperature Type AC

Types A, "si" and "SiE"
IP40
-25 C to +60 C
-40 C to +85 C
Storage temperature
Weight (g)
Type
Vigi C120
2P
325
3P
500
4P
580
Dimensions (mm)
148-0503
C120 + Vigi C120
94
version: 1.1
Protection

devices (typesAC,A, "si" and
"SiE") (cont.)
bb Polarizing slot
bb Fault indication by the red

strip on the reset toggle
bb Test button
bbScrew shield allowing the

connections to be checked and
retightened
to IP20
Type Asi
version: 1.1
95
iID residual current

circuit breakers (AC type)
IEC/EN 61008-1
DB122858
DB123430
DB116619
Protection
bb The iID residual current circuit breakers provide:

PB104473-40
PB104472-40
Country approval pictograms
Catalogue numbers
iID residual current circuit breakers
Type
Width in 9 mm
module
AC
Product
iID
Auxiliaries
Can accept auxiliaries, page 168
2P
Sensitivity
DB122476
Rating
4P
DB122477
Operating frequency
Accessories
96
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
500 mA s
A9R41225
A9R41240
A9R12240
A9R44225
A9R44240
A9R16225
A9R16240
63 A
80 A
100 A
A9R41263
A9R11280
A9R11291
A9R12263
A9R12280
A9R12291
A9R44263
A9R14280
A9R14291
A9R16263
-
A9R15263
A9R15280
A9R15291
Sensitivity
Rating
Voltage rating (Ue)
30 mA
16 A
25 A
40 A
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
300 mA s
500 mA s
25 A
40 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
A9R41425
A9R41440
A9R41463
A9R11480
A9R11491
A9R12440
A9R12463
A9R12480
A9R12491
A9R44425
A9R44440
A9R44463
A9R14480
A9R14491
A9R16425
A9R16440
A9R16463
A9R16480
-
A9R15440
A9R15463
A9R15480
A9R15491
A9R17440
A9R17463
A9R17480
-
2P
4P
230 - 240 V
400 - 415 V
50/60 Hz
Pages 123 and 136
version: 1.1

circuit breakers (Asi type)
IEC/EN 61008-1
DB122858
DB123430
DB116619
Protection
bb The iID residual current circuit breakers provide:

PB104473-40
PB104472-40
Country approval pictograms
Catalogue numbers
Type
Width in 9 mm
module
Asi
Product
iID
Auxiliaries
Can accept auxiliaries, page 168
2P
Sensitivity
DB122476
Rating
4P
30 mA
300 mA
300 mA s
500 mA s
A9R30225
-
A9R61225
A9R61240
A9R35240
63 A
100 A
A9R61263
-
A9R35263
A9R35291
Sensitivity
Rating
DB122477
10 mA
16 A
25 A
40 A
Voltage rating (Ue)

Operating frequency
Accessories
10 mA
30 mA
300 mA
300 mA s
500 mA s
25 A
40 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
A9R61425
A9R61440
A9R61463
A9R31480
A9R31491
A9R34463
A9R34491
A9R35440
A9R35463
A9R35480
A9R35491
A9R37440
A9R37463
A9R37480
-
2P
4P
230 - 240 V
400 - 415 V
50/60 Hz
Pages 123 and 136
version: 1.1
97

circuit breakers (AC, Asi types)
Protection
Without accessory With accessories*
14 mm

torque
Rigid
Flexible
50 mm Screw-on Multi-cables terminal

Al
connection Rigid
Flexible
terminal for ring
cables
cables
terminal
or ferrule
6.5 mm
iID
3.5 N.m
1 to 35 mm2
DB122935
DB122946
DB122945
PZ2
1 to 25 mm2
50 mm2
DB118787
DB122947
Type
DB118789
Connection
5 mm
3 x 16 mm2
3 x 10 mm2
* See module CA907000
DB123310
Technical data
According to IEC 60947
500 V
Pollution degree
6 kV
DB123312
Making and breaking capacity (Im/IDm)
1500 A
Surge current
withstand (8/20 s)
without tripping
250
Conditional rated
short circuit current
(Inc/IDc)
AC (no selective s)
AC (selective s)
3 k
Asi type
3 k
With iC60N/H/L
Equal to breaking capacity of iC60
With fuse
10,000 A
DB123314
Endurance (O-C)
IP20
IP40
Operating
temperature
Storage temperature
98
version: 1.1
Electrical (AC1) 16 to 63 A
80 to 100 A
IP20
IP40
Insulation class II
15,000 cycles
10,000 cycles
Mechanical
20,000 cycles
AC type
-5C to +60C
Asi types
-25C to +60C
-40C to +85C

(cont.)
Protection
Weight (g)
Type
iID
2P
210
4P
370
DB122775
Dimensions (mm)
4P
72
2P
36
69
5.5
96 85
version: 1.1
44
20
45
99

(cont.)
PB104472-40
PB104548-40
Protection
bbTest button
Visi-trip window


IEC/EN 60947-3 standard
bbDouble clip for
busbar in place
Asi type
100
version: 1.1
iID K residual current

circuit breakers
DB123430
IEC/EN 61008-1
bb The iID K residual current circuit breakers provide:

vv protection of persons against electric shock by direct contact (30 mA),
vv protection of persons against electric shock by indirect contact (300 mA)
vv protection of installations against the risk of fire (300 mA).
PB104498-40
PB104497-40
DB116619
Protection
Catalogue numbers
iID K residual current circuit breakers
Type
Width in 9-mm
modules
AC
Product
iID K
Auxiliaries
Without auxiliaries
2P
DB122476
Rating
PB104497-40
Voltage rating (Ue)

Operating frequency
Sensitivity
30 mA
25 A
40 A
A9R50225 A9R75225 4
A9R50240 A9R75240
300 mA
2P
230 - 240 V
50/60 Hz
bbDouble clip for

busbar in place
bbTest button
bb Padlocking device
102
version: 1.1
iID K residual current

circuit breakers (cont.)
Protection
Connection
Without accessory
DB122947
Type

torque
Rigid
Flexible or
16 mm
ferrule
PZ2
iID K
3.5 N.m
DB122946
DB122945
6.5 mm
1 to 35 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
DB123310
Technical data
DB123312
440 V
Pollution degree
4 kV
Making and breaking

capacity (Im/IDm)
25 to 40 A
500 A
63 A
630 A
Surge current withstand (8/20 s) without tripping
Up to 200
Conditional rated
(Inc/IDc)
With iC60N/H/L, iK60N
6000 A
With fuse
4500 A
IP40
Endurance (O-C)
Electrical
2000 cycles (AC1)
Mechanical
5000 cycles
-5C to +60C
Storage temperature
-40C to +85C
IP40
Weight (g)
Type
iID K
2P
210
Dimensions (mm)
DB122775
DB123391
Degree of protection Device in modular enclosure
4P
72
2P
36
69
5.5
96 85
version: 1.1
44
20
45
103
RCCB-ID 125 A residual current

circuit breaker (AC, A, Asi types)
Protection
bb The RCCB-ID 125 A residual current circuit breakers provide:

062075N_SE-33
62252_SE-35
62074_SE-35
IEC/EN 61008-1, VDE 0664
OFsp auxiliary
16921
16940
Accessories
bb 2P and 4P sealable screw shield.
PB100573-18
PB100572-18
16973
bb Electrical indication: by OFsp auxiliary mounted to the left, it has a double

changeover switch indicating the "open" or "closed" position of the RCCB-ID 125 A.
16938
16939
Catalogue numbers
RCCB-ID 125 A residual current circuit breakers
Type
2P
Sensitivity 30 mA
Rating
N
1 3
E91413
AC
125 A
16966
Width in 9 mm
module
Asi
100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 30 mA
300 mA 300 mA s 500 mA 30 mA
300 mA
16971
16973
16967
16970
16972
T
R
2 4
N
Sensitivity 30 mA
E91414
4P
N
1 3
2 4
N
Rating
125 A
16905
2P
4P
230 V
400 V
50 Hz
100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 30 mA
300 mA
16906
16926
16907
16908
16924
16925
500 mA 30 mA
300 mA
16927
16921
16920
T
R
Voltage rating (Ue)

Operating frequency
Auxiliary
Type
Width in 9 mm
module
E91415
Contact OFsp
22
12
21
14
Contact
Voltage
1A
110 V DC
6A
230 V AC (AC15)
16940
11
Accessory
Type
Screw shield (set of 10) for upstream or
downstream
104
Number of pole
2P
16938
4P
16939
version: 1.1
RCCB-ID 125 A residual current

circuit breaker (AC, A, Asi types)
(cont.)
Protection
Connection
bb By tunnel terminals for:
11 mm
Tightening
torque
Flexible or ferrule
DB112804
6.5 mm
Copper cables
Rigid
PZ2
RCCB-ID
3 N.m
OFsp
0.8 N.m
DB112805
DB123737
Type
1 x 1.5 to 35 mm2
2 x 1.5 to 16 mm2
1 to 1.5 mm2
1 x 1.5 to 50 mm2
2 x 1.5 to 16 mm2
1 to 1.5 mm2
Technical data
OFsp contact status, depending on the
position of the residual current circuit
breaker
400 V
Type
Pollution degree
4 kV
RCCB-ID
125 A
Contact
OFsp
Closed
bb
Open
bb
bb
Making and breaking capacity (Im/IDm)
1250 A
Closed
Closed
AC and A types (no selective s)
250
Asi type (no selective s)
3 k
Open
Open
Surge current
withstand (8/20 s)
without tripping
Tripped on fault
22/21
Open
12/11
14/11
Closed
DB122835
Conditional rated
(Inc/IDc)
AC, A and Asi types (selective s) 3 k

With FU 125 A gG fuse
10,000 A
Electrical
IP20
IP40 with screw shield
IP40
> 2 000 cycles
Mechanical
> 5 000 cycles

Endurance (O-C)
Indication of the status of the

RCCB-ID via the 3-position toggle
and front panel indicator
bb Closed (red indicator)
bb Tripped on fault (green indicator)
bb Open (green indicator)
-25C to +40C
Storage temperature
-40C to +85C
Weight (g)
Residual current circuit breakers and auxiliary
RCCB-ID 125 A
OFsp
2P
Type
230
40
4P
420
1040302_1
0140302_1
Dimensions (mm)
2P
RCCB-ID 125 A
4P
Contact OFsp
version: 1.1
105
RCCB-ID B type
Protection
bb The RCCB-ID 125 A residual current circuit breakers provide:

062075N_SE-33
PB101616_SE-35
IEC/EN 61008, VDE 0664
16766
B type
The RCCB-ID B type residual current circuit breakers provide:
bb protection in the event of a continuous fault current on three-phase networks
generated by:
vv controllers and variable speed drives,
vv battery chargers and inverters,
vv backed-up power supplies.
16940
PB100572-18
bb They include and also guarantee protection against fault currents:

vv sinusoidal AC residual currents (AC type),
vv pulsed DC residual currents (A type).
They can be adapted to all the application cases defined in standards IEC 60364 and
EN 50178.
bb Schneider Electric guarantees that the type B RCCB-ID works correctly in
combination with the variable speed drives manufactured by Schneider Electric.
16939
OFsp auxiliary
bb Electrical indication: by OFsp auxiliary mounted to the left.

It has a double changeover switch indicating the "open" or "closed" position of the
RCCB-ID B type .
Accessories
bb 4P sealable screw shield.
Catalogue numbers
RCCB-ID B type residual current circuit breakers
Type
Width in 9 mm
module
4P
Sensitivity 30 mA
DB123726
Rating
16750
16752
16756
16760
16763
25 A
40 A
63 A
80 A
125 A
Voltage rating (Ue)

Operating frequency
300 mA
300 mA s 500 mA
16751
16753
16757
16761
16764
16754
16758
16762
16765
16755
16759
16766
230/400 V
50 Hz
Auxiliary
Type
Width in 9 mm
module
E91415
Contact OFsp
22
12
21
14
Contact
Voltage
1A
110 V DC
6A
230 V AC (AC15)
16940
11
Accessory
Type
Number of pole
Screw shield (set of 10) for upstream or downstream
106
4P
version: 1.1
16939
RCCB-ID B type (cont.)
Protection
Connection
bb By tunnel terminals for:
Copper cables
Rigid
Flexible or ferrule
6,5 mm
PZ2
RCCB-ID B type
3 N.m
OFsp
0.8 N.m
DB112805
11 mm
Tightening
torque
DB112804
DB123736
Type
1 x 1.5 to 35 mm2
2 x 1.5 to 16 mm2
1 to 1.5 mm2
1 x 1.5 to 50 mm2
2 x 1.5 to 16 mm2
1 to 1.5 mm2
Technical data
OFsp contact status, depending on the
position of the residual current circuit
breaker
Type
Pollution degree
4 kV
RCCB-ID
B type
Contact
OFsp
Closed
bb
Open
Tripped on fault
22/21
Open
12/11
14/11
Closed
bb
bb
Closed
Closed
Open
Open

Making and breaking
capacity (Im/IDm)
Surge current withstand
(8/20 s) without tripping
Conditional rated short
circuit current (Inc/IDc)
DB122842
400 V
25/40 A
500 A
63/80 A
800 A
125 A
1250 A
No selective s
250
Selective s
3 k
25/40 A with FU 80 A gG fuse
10,000 A
63 A with FU 100 A gG fuse
10,000 A
80/125 A with FU 125 A gG fuse
10,000 A
Device only
Electrical
IP20
IP40 with screw shield
IP40
> 2 000 cycles
Mechanical
> 5 000 cycles

Endurance (O-C)
Indication of the status of the

RCCB-ID B type via the 3-position
toggle and front panel indicator
-25C to +40C
Storage temperature
-40C to +85C
bb Closed (red indicator)

bb Tripped on fault (green indicator)
bb Open (green indicator)
Weight (g)
Residual current circuit breakers and auxiliary
Type
4P
RCCB-ID B type
OFsp
450
40
1040302_1
DB122838
Dimensions (mm)
2P
RCCB-ID B type
4P
Contact OFsp
version: 1.1
107
Protection
Load protection
PRF1 12.5r/PRF1 Master/

PRD125r/PRD1 Master
Type 1 and 2 LV surge arresters
PRF1 12.5r/PRF1 Master/PRD1 25r/PRD1 Master
The Type 1 surge arrester is recommended for electrical installations in the service
sector and industrial buildings protected by a lightning conductor or by a meshed
cage.
It protects electrical installations against direct lightning strikes.
It is used to conduct the direct lightning current, propagating from the earth
conductor to the network conductors.
It must be installed with an upstream disconnection device, such as a fuse or
circuit-breaker, whose breaking capacity must be at least equal to the maximum
prospective short-circuit current at the installation point.
PRF1 12.5r and PRD1 25r surge arresters also provide Type 2 protection and
protect the electrical installation by finely clipping the lightning wave overvoltages.
DB119038
The Type 1 range of surge arresters meets the

normative withstand capability of current wave
type 10/350 s (8/20 s for Type 2 surge
arresters).
It is suitable for use with TT, TN-S, TN-C and 230 V
IT earthing connection systems (neutral point
connection).
In addition, the PRF1 Master surge arrester covers
the 400 V IT system.
PRF1 12.5r and PRD1 surge arresters are fitted with
a remote transfer contact to send end-of-life
indication information.
PRD1 surge arresters are fitted with easy-toreplace withdrawable cartridges.
PB104275-35
PRF1 12.5r (1P+N, 3P+N)
Type of
surge
arrester
Product solution
Fixed surge
arrester
1P+N
3P+N
16632
16634
PRF1 12.5r
T1, T2
PRF1 Master
T1
PB104260-35
DB119037
DB119036
PRF1 12.5r
PRD1 25r (1P+N, 3P+N)
PB104264-35
PRD1 25r
PRD1 Master (1P+N, 3P+N)
Cartridge
1P+N
surge arrester
3P+N
PRD1 25r
T1 + T2
16330
16332
PRD1 Master
T1
16361
16363
PRD1 Master
110
version: 1.1

PRD125r/PRD1 Master
Protection
Load protection
PRF1 Master (1P)
DB119039
DB118911
DB123384
PRF1 12.5r (3P)
PRF1 Master (2P, 3P, 4P)
Neutral point
connection
1P
2P
3P
Recommended
accessory
4P
TT, TN-S
16633
TN-C
2 x 16630
16630
3 x 16630
16643
IT (1) non-distributed
neutral
16644
IT (1) distributed neutral
16645
DB122528
DB122527
DB122527
4 x 16630
IT (1) distributed neutral
PRD1 25r (1P)
PRD1 25r (2P, 3P, 4P)
1P
2P
PRD1 Master (2P, 3P, 4P)
3P
4P
TT, TN-S
2 x 16329
16329
4 x 16329
16331
IT 230 V
TN-C
TT, TN-S
2 x 16360
4 x 16360
16362
IT 230 V
TN-C
(1) Version without indicator light.
version: 1.1
111

PRD125r/PRD1 Master
Protection
Load protection

Name of the
surge
arrester
Nb. of Width
poles
PRF1 Master
I max (kA) In - kA
(8/20)
Rated
Maximal
discharge
current
Fixed surge
arrester
PRF1 12.5r
I imp (kA) (10/350)

Impulse current
9 mm
Surge
modules arrester
Up - kV
Un - V Uc - V
Degree of Nominal Maximum

discharge protection line
steady
current
voltage state
voltage
Cat.
no.
Surge arrester
+ disconnector
Type 1 + 2
1P+N
12.5/50 N/PE
50
25
1.5
230
350
16632
3P
12.5
50
25
1.5
230 / 400
350
16633
3P+N
12.5/50 N/PE
50
25
1.5
230 / 400
350
16634
50
50
1.5
230
440
16630
Type 1
1P
35
Withdrawable surge arrester

PRD1 25r
PRD1 Master
Type 1 + 2
1P
25
40
25
1.5
230
350
16329
1P+N
25/100 N/PE
40
25
1.5
230/400
350
16330
3P
12
25
40
25
1.5
230
350
16331
3P+N
16
25/100 N/PE
40
25
1.5
230/400
350
16332
Type 1
1P
25
25
1.5
230
350
16360
1P+N
25/100 N/PE
25
1.5
230/400
350
16361
3P
12
25
25
1.5
230
350
16362
3P+N
16
25/100 N/PE
25
1.5
230/400
350
16363
Spare cartridge
C1 Master-350
25
1.5
350
16314
C1 25-350
23 mm
25
1.5
350
16315
C2 40-350
12 mm
20
1.4
350
16316
C1 Neutral-350
350
16317
Name of the surge

arrester
Spare cartridge
Phase
Neutral
Type 1
Type 2
PRD1 25r 1P
16315
16316
PRD1 25r 1P+N
16315
16316
16317
PRD1 25r 3P
3 x 16315
3 x 16316
PRD1 25r 3P+N
3 x 16315
3 x 16316
16317
PRD1 Master 1P
16314
PRD1 Master 1P+N
16314
16317
PRD1 Master 3P
3 x 16314
PRD1 Master 3P+N
3 x 16314
16317
PRD1 25r
PRD1 Master
112
version: 1.1

PRD125r/PRD1 Master
Protection
Load protection

Technical data
Operating frequency
Front panel
Terminals
Impacts
Response time
End-of-life indication
By tunnel terminal
Standards
Remote
notification
Rigid cable
Flexible
cable
PRF1 12.5r
PRF1 Master
PRD1 25r
PRD1 Master
50 Hz
IP40
IP20
IK05
y 25 ns
Green: correct operation
Red: at end of life
1 A/250 V AC
50/60 Hz
IP40
IP20
IK05
y 1 ms
-
10...35 mm
10...25 mm
10...50 mm
10...35 mm
50 Hz
IP40
IP20
IK05
y 25 ns
White: correct operation
Red: at end of life
1 A/250 V AC.
0.2 A/125 V DC
2.5...35 mm
2.5...25 mm
50 Hz
IP40
IP20
IK05
y 100 ns
White: correct operation
Red: at end of life
1 A/250 V AC.
0.2 A/125 V DC
10...35 mm
10...25 mm
-25C to +60C
-40C to +85C
-25C to +60C
-25C to +60C
Type 1
IEC 61643-1 T1.

EN61643-11 Type 1
IEC 61643-1 T1.

EN61643-11 Type 1
Type 2
IEC 61643-1 T2.

EN61643-11 Type 2
CE
IEC 61643-1 T1.

EN61643-11 Type 1
-
IEC 61643-1 T1.

EN61643-11 Type 1
-
Certification
IEC 61643-1 T2.

EN61643-11 Type 2
KEMAKEUR, CE
KEMAKEUR, CE
CE
Choice of disconnector / surge arrester

Type
Iimp:
Isc: prospective short-circuit current at the installation point
impulse
current
PRF1 12.5r
12.5 kA
C120N 80 A curve C
PRF1 Master
35 kA
C120H 80 A curve C
or
NG125N 80 A curve C
Compact NSX160B 160 A TM
PRD1 25r
PRD1 Master
25 kA
25 kA
NG125N 80 A curve C
NG125N 80 A curve C
10 kA
15 kA
25 kA
NG125N 80 A curve C
36 kA
50 kA
Contact us
Compact NSX160F
160 A
NG125H 80 A curve C
Compact NSX160N
160 A
NG125L 80 A curve C
DB123370
Accessories
Number of poles
Cat. no.
4P Wiring comb busbars
Type
16643
16644
16645
200 mm flexible cable (PRF1 Master)
version: 1.1
16646
113
Protection
Load protection
iPF surge arresters
The iPF multi-pole single-piece surge arrester

range is adapted for earthing systems: TT, TN-S,
TN-C.
Type 2 surge arresters are tested with a 8/20 s
current wave.
Type 3 surge arresters are tested with a 12/50 s
and 8/20 s combined wave.
Each surge arrester in the range has a specific application:

bb incoming protection (type 2):
vv the iPF65(r) is recommended for a very high risk level (strongly exposed site)
vv the iPF40(r) is recommended for a high risk level
vv the iPF20 is recommended for a medium risk level
bb secondary protection (type 2 or 3):
vv the iPF8 ensures secondary protection of loads to be protected and is placed in
cascade with the incoming surge arresters. This surge arrester is required when the
loads to be protected are at a distance of more than 30 m from the incoming surge
arrester.
Type 2 or 3 LV surge arresters
The iPF surge arresters with r indication have remote transfer of the information:
surge arrester to be replaced.
DB122943
Type of protection Network

DB122942
Rated discharge
current (Imax) /
Nominal discharge
current (In)
Incoming Secondary 1P+N

(type 2 or 3)
3P+N
1P
2P
3P
4P
PB105278-35
65 kA / 20 kA
A9L15683
iPF65
A9L15684
A9L15584
A9L15581
A9L15685
A9L15586
A9L15585
40 kA / 15 kA
High risk level
A9L15686
iPF40
A9L15687
1P+N.
A9L15587
A9L15582
A9L15690
A9L15688
PB105280-35
A9L15590
A9L15588
20 kA / 5 kA
Medium risk level
A9L15691
iPF20
A9L15692
A9L15592
A9L15597
A9L15693
A9L15593
8 kA / 2.5 kA
3P+N.
Secondary protection:
placed near the loads to be
protected when they are at a
distance of more than 30 m
from the incoming surge
arrester
A9L15694
iPF8
A9L15695
A9L15595
A9L15598
A9L15696
A9L15596
Surge arrester/circuit breaker association

Type of surge arrester
iPF65
iPF40
iPF20
iPF8
114
version: 1.1
Associated circuit breaker

Curve C 50 A
Curve C 40 A
Curve C 25 A
Curve C 20 A
iPF surge arresters
Protection
Load protection
Earthing
system
Transfer Surge
arrester
name
Type 2 or 3 LV surge arresters (cont.)
Width
in mod.
of 9 mm
Up - (kV)
Voltage protection level
CM*
DM*
L/t
N/t
L/N
2
4
y 1.5
-
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
2
4
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.1
y 1.1
y 1.1
y 1.1
Un - (V)
Rated
voltage
network
Uc - (V)
Maximum continuous
operating voltage
CM*
DM*
L/t
N/t
L/N
230
340
-
260
340
340
340
y 1.5
y 1.5
-
230/400
340
340
260
260
340
340
340
-
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
-
230
340
340
340
340
340
260
340
260
260
340
340
340
340
340
-
y 1.5
y 1.1
y 1.5
y 1.1
y 1.1
y 1.1
-
230
340
340
340
340
260
340
260
340
340
340
-
iPF65
TT & TN
TT & TN-S
iPF65 1P
iPF65 1P+N
TN-C
iPF65 2P
TN-C
TT & TN-S
TT & TN-S
TN-C
iPF65 3P
iPF65r 3P+N
iPF65 3P+N
iPF65r 4P
bb
bb
iPF40
TT & TN
TT & TN-S
TN-C
TN-C
TT & TN-S
TT & TN-S
TN-C
TN-C
bb
bb
iPF40 1P
iPF40 1P+N
iPF40 2P
iPF40 3P
iPF40r 3P+N
iPF40 3P+N
iPF40r 4P
iPF40 4P
230/400
iPF20
TT & TN
TT & TN-S
TN-C
TN-C
TT & TN-S
TN-C
iPF20 1P
iPF20 1P+N
iPF20 2P
iPF20 3P
iPF20 3P+N
iPF20 4P
iPF8 (1)
2
4
8
230/400
Type 2 / Type 3
TT & TN
iPF8 1P
2
230
340
y 1 / y 1.1
TT & TN-S
iPF8 1P+N
4
260
y 1.5 / y 1.2 y 1.4 / y 1.1
TN-C
iPF8 2P
340
340
y 1 / y 1.1
y 1 / y 1.1
TN-C
iPF8 3P
8
230/400
340
y 1 / y 1.1
TT & TN-S
iPF8 3P+N
260
y 1.5 / y 1.2 y 1.4 / y 1.1
TN-C
iPF8 4P
340
340
y 1 / y 1.1
y 1 / y 1.1
* CM: common mode (phase to earth and neutral to earth). * DM: differential mode (phase to neutral). (1) Uoc: combinated waveform voltage: 10 kV.
version: 1.1
340
340
-
115
iPF surge arresters
Protection
Load protection
Connection
Tightening
torque
11 mm
DB123129
PZ2
16 mm
Flexible or ferrule
DB122945
6.5 mm
Copper cables
Rigid
DB122946
DB123129
Type
iPF8 / 20
Ph / N
t
1.2 N.m
2 N.m
16 mm2 max.
25 mm2 max.
10 mm2 max.
16 mm2 max.
iPF40 / 65
Ph / N
t
2 N.m
3.5 N.m
25 mm2 max.
50 mm2 max.
16 mm2 max.
35 mm2 max.
6.5 mm
PZ2
Technical data
Operating frequency
Permanent operating current (Ic)
Response time
End of life indication:
by green/red mechanical indicator
End of life remote indication
Green
Red
50/60 Hz
230/400 V AC
< 1 mA
< 25 ns
In operation
At end of life
By contact NO, NC 250 V / 0.25 A
116
-25C to +60C
Type of connection terminals
Tunnel terminals, 2.5 to 35 mm
Standards
IEC 61643-1 T2 and EN 61643-11 Type 2
version: 1.1
iPF surge arresters
Protection
Load protection
Weight (g)
Surge arrester
Type
iPF
1P
125
2P
210
3P
335
4P
420
DB123595
Dimensions (mm)
1P
version: 1.1
1P+N
2P
3P
3P+N
4P
117
iPRD surge arresters
Protection
Load protection
Type of
protection
Network
DB122943
Rated discharge
current (Imax) /
Nominal discharge
current (In)
DB122942
iPRD withdrawable
surge arresters allow
quick replacement of
damaged cartridges.
Type 2 or 3 LV withdrawable surge

arresters
Incoming Secondary 1P+N
3P+N
1P
2P
3P
4P
PB105274-35
65 kA / 20 kA
Very high risk level
(strongly exposed site)
A9L16555
iPRD65
A9L16556
A9L16557
A9L16442
A9L16558
A9L16443
A9L16559
A9L16659
1P+N
40 kA / 15 kA
High risk level
A9L16561
A9L16566
iPRD40
A9L16562
A9L16567
PB105275-35
A9L16444
A9L16667
A9L16445
A9L16568
A9L16563
A9L16564
A9L16569
A9L16597
A9L16664
A9L16669
20 kA / 5 kA
3P
Medium risk level
A9L16571
iPRD20
A9L16672
A9L16572
A9L16446
A9L16447
A9L16573
PB105276-35
A9L16674
A9L16574
A9L16599
A9L16673
8 kA / 2.5 kA
Secondary protection:
placed near the loads to be
protected when they are at a
distance of more than 30 m
from the incoming surge
arrester
A9L16576
iPRD8
A9L16677
A9L16577
A9L16448
A9L16449
A9L16578
3P+N
A9L16679
A9L16579
PB105272-35
A9L16678
A9L16680
Spare cartridges
Type
Cartridge
118
C 65-460
C 65-340
C 40-460
C 40-340
C 20-460
C 20-340
C 8-460
C 8-340
C neutral
Surge arrester/circuit breaker association
Spare cartridges for
Cat. no
iPRD65r IT
iPRD65r
iPRD40r IT
iPRD40, iPRD40r
iPRD20r IT
iPRD20, iPRD20r
iPRD8r IT
iPRD8, iPRD8r
All products
A9L16682
A9L16681
A9L16684
A9L16685
A9L16686
A9L16687
A9L16688
A9L16689
A9L16691
version: 1.1
Type of surge arrester

iPRD65
iPRD40
iPRD20
iPRD8
Associated circuit breaker

Curve C 50 A
Curve C 40 A
Curve C 25 A
Curve C 20 A
Protection
Load protection
Earthing
system
Transfer Surge
arrester
name

arresters (cont.)
Width
in mod.
of 9 mm
Up - (kV)
Voltage protection level
CM*
DM*
L/t
N/t
L/N
y2
y 1.5
-
y 1.5
y 1.5
Un - (V)
Rated
voltage
network
Uc - (V)
Maximum continuous
operating voltage
CM*
DM*
L/t
N/t
L/N
230
460
340
-
260
340
iPRD65
IT
bb
iPRD65r 1P IT
TT & TN
TT & TN-S
bb
bb
iPRD65r 1P
iPRD65r 1P+N
TN-C
bb
iPRD65r 2P
IT
TN-C
TT & TN-S
TN-C
bb
bb
bb
bb
iPRD65r 3P IT
iPRD65r 3P
iPRD65r 3P+N
iPRD65r 4P
TT & TN
TT & TN
TT & TN-S
TT & TN-S
TN-C
TN-C
TN-C
TN-C
IT
TT & TN-S
TT & TN-S
IT
TN-C
TN-C
bb
6
8
y 1.5
y 1.5
340
340
y2
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
y 1.5
-
230/400
-
460
340
340
260
340
340
-
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y2
y2
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y2
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.4
-
230
230/400
-
340
340
340
340
340
340
460
460
340
340
260
260
340
340
260
260
460
340
340
340
340
340
340
-
y 1.1
y 1.1
y 1.1
y 1.6
y 1.6
y 1.1
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.1
y 1.4
y 1.4
y 1.6
y 1.1
y 1.1
y 1.1
y 1.1
y 1.1
-
230
230/400
-
340
340
340
460
460
340
260
260
340
260
260
460
340
340
340
340
340
-
iPRD40
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
iPRD40r 1P
iPRD40 1P
iPRD40r 1P+N
iPRD40 1P+N
iPRD40r 2P
iPRD40 2P
iPRD40r 3P
iPRD40 3P
iPRD40r 3P IT
iPRD40r 3P+N
iPRD40 3P+N
iPRD40r 4P IT
iPRD40r 4P
iPRD40 4P
2
4
iPRD20
TT & TN
TT & TN-S
TT & TN-S
TN-C
TN-C
IT
TT & TN-S
TT & TN-S
IT
TN-C
bb
bb
bb
bb
iPRD20 1P
iPRD20r 1P+N
iPRD20 1P+N
iPRD20 2P
iPRD20 3P
iPRD20r 3P IT
iPRD20r 3P+N
iPRD20 3P+N
iPRD20r 4P IT
iPRD20 4P
iPRD8 (1)
2
4
6
8
Type 2 / Type 3
TT & TN
iPRD8 1P
2
230
340
y1/y1
TT & TN-S
bb
iPRD8r 1P+N
4
260
y 1.4 / y 1
y 1 / y 1.1
TT & TN-S
iPRD8 1P+N
260
y 1.4 / y 1
y 1 / y 1.1
TN-C
iPRD8 2P
340
340
y1/y1
y1/y1
TN-C
iPRD8 3P
6
230/400
340
y1/y1
IT
bb
iPRD8r 3P IT
460
y 1.4 / y 1.6 TT & TN-S
bb
iPRD8r 3P+N
8
260
y 1.4 / y 1
y 1 / y 1.1
TT & TN-S
iPRD8 3P+N
260
y 1.4 / y 1
y 1 / y 1.1
IT
bb
iPRD8r 4P IT
460
460
TN-C
iPRD8 4P
340
340
y1/y1
y1/y1
* CM: common mode (phase to earth and neutral to earth). * DM: differential mode (phase to neutral). (1) Uoc: combinated waveform voltage: 10 kV.
version: 1.1
340
340
340
340
-
119
Protection
Load protection

arresters (cont.)
Connection
DB123130
Type
Tightening torque
Copper cables
Flexible or ferrule
DB122945
14 mm
6.5 mm
PZ2
iPRD
2 N.m
DB122946
Rigid
2.5 to 25 mm2
2.5 to 16 mm2
Technical data
Operating frequency
Permanent operating current (Ic)
Response time
End of life indication: by mechanical
indicator
End of life remote indication
White
Red
50/60 Hz
230/400 V AC
< 1 mA
< 25 ns
In operation
At end of life
By contact NO, NC 250 V / 0.25 A
120
-25C to +60C
Type of connection terminals
Tunnel terminals, 2.5 to 35 mm
Standards
IEC 61643-1 T2 and EN 61643-11 Type 2
version: 1.1
Protection
Load protection

arresters (cont.)
Weight (g)
Surge arrester
Type
iPRD
1P
115
2P
220
3P
340
4P
450
DB123596
Dimensions (mm)
1P 1P+N
2P
3P 3P+N
4P
version: 1.1
121
Accessorisation / Auxiliarisation
iC60, iID, Vigi iC60
Protection
Circuit protection

Rigid
6.5 mm
Splitter blocks
2 N.m
3.5 N.m
2 N.m
3.5 N.m
3.5 N.m
Multiclip
see module
CA907004
Distribloc
see module
CA907003
50 mm Al terminal
Screw-on connection for ring terminal
10 Multi-cables terminal
11 Comb busbar
1 to 25 mm2
1 to 35 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
1 to 35 mm2
1 to 35 mm2
1 to 16 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
1 to 16 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
Multi-cables
terminal
Rigid
cables
Flexible
cables
50 mm2
-
5 mm
-
3 x 16 mm2 3 x 10 mm2
-
50 mm2
5 mm
3 x 16 mm2 3 x 10 mm2
DB123373
0.5 to 25 A
32 to 63 A
Vigi iC60 25 A
40 to 63 A
iID
16 to 100 A
iC60
Flexible
or ferrule
DB122945
PZ2
50 mm Screw-on
Al
connection
terminal for ring
terminal
DB118787

torque
DB122935
14 mm
Rating
DB122946
DB123060
Type
DB118789
Connection
27060
27053
4 parts
19091
3 parts
19096
see module
91906
12 Sealable terminal shields
for top and bottom
connection
1P (set of 2)
A9A26975
2P (set of 2)
A9A26976
3P
1P + 2P
4P
2P + 2P
13 Interpole barrier
(set of 10)
A9A27001
14 Screw shields
4P (set of 20) A9A26981
14' Screw shields
Vigi iC60
15 Clip-on terminal markers
(set of 12)
A9A26982
see module
CA907001
16 9 mm spacer
17 Padlocking device
A9A27062
(set of 10)
18 Plug-in base
A9A26970
A9A27003
19 Rotary handle
With handle black
A9A27005
With handle red
A9A27006
Adapter mechanism without handle
A9A27008
Indication
4
A9A26929
iOF/SD+OF auxiliary contact

(OF+SD or OF+OF combination switch)
iSD fault indicating contact
iOF open/close auxiliary contact
A9A26924
Auxiliary contacts
Tripping devices
A9A26927
Tripping devices
2
iMN undervoltage release

see module
or iMNs undervoltage release
delayed or iMNx
undervoltage release with
external feeding
Shunt release iMX, iMX+OF see module
overvoltage release iMSU
CA907002
CA907002
Vigi iC60
1

current device
see module
Tripping devices must be mounted first.

Respect specified position for SD functions.
CA902005
version: 1.1
123
Accessories for iC60, iID,

iSW-NA, Reflex iC60, RCA
and ARA
Protection
Circuit protection
Mounting
PB104492-15
Padlocking device
PB106297_10
DB123599
PB104508-35
Plug-in base
PB104493-35
Accessories Rotary handle
Function
Front or side-mounted control
bb Degree of protection: IP55 rotary
handle
bb Installation:
vv the control mechanism is mounted on
the device
vv the rotary handle is fixed to the front or
side of the enclosure
bb Front-mounted (on door or faceplate)
bb Prevents the door from opening when
the circuit breaker is in the ON position
(can be deactivated)
bb Can be padlocked when the device is
in the "open" position (can be padlocked
with the device in the "closed" position
subject to adaptation)
bb Can be locked by padlock of
(dia. 5 to 8 mm), not supplied with the
device
Set of
Suitability
iC60
iC60 + Vigi iC60
iID
Reflex iC60 or
RCA+iC60 or
ARA+iC60
ARA+iID
iSW-NA
Allows a breaker to be removed or

replaced quickly, without handling
the connections
bb Degree of protection: IP20
bb Consists of:
vv a base to be fastened on a rail
(or panel)
vv 2 "blades" to be fastened in the
device's terminals
bb Connection: tunnel terminals for
cable up to 35 mm rigid, 25 mm
flexible,
bb Installation:
vv in universal enclosure
vv on horizontal rail
bb Height: 178 mm
bb Not compatible with Vigi iC60 and
auxiliaries
bb Can be locked by padlock of
(dia. 6 mm), not supplied with the device
Used to padlock breaker in open

or closed position
bb Padlock diameter: 3 to 6 mm
bb Sealable
(max. diameter: 1.2 mm)
bb Locking in ON position does not
prevent tripping of the breaker in
the event of faults
bb Suitable for IEC/EN 60947-2
compliant disconnection
A9A27005
black handle
A9A27006 A9A27008 GVP01

red handle no handle
A9A27003
(1 per pole)
A9A26970
10
bb 2P, 3P, 4P
bb
bb
bb 2P, 3P, 4P
bb y 63 A
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
50 mm terminal Al
Screw-on connection for

ring terminal
Connection
DB118781
DB118780
Accessories Multi-cable terminal
DB118783
Catalogue
numbers
bb The Laser Square

tool brings the
accurency to align the
circuit breaker and the
rotary handle
Function
For lug tipped cables,
front or rear mounting
DB122935
DB118789
For aluminium cables from 16 to 50

mm
DB118787
For 3 copper cables:

bb Rigid up to 16 mm
bb Flexible up to 10 mm
5 mm
Catalogue
numbers
19091
19096
27060
27053
Set of
iC60 y 25 A
Reflex iC60 y 25 A
iC60 >25 A
Reflex iC60 40 A
Vigi iC60
8
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
10 N.m
bb
bb
2 N.m
iID
bb
iSW-NA
bb
Tightening torque 2 N.m
Lenght stripping
11 mm
13 mm
Tools to use
Dia. 5 mm or PZ2
Hc 1/5" or 5 mm
Dia. 5mm
124
version: 1.1
Accessories for iC60, iID,

iSW-NA, Reflex iC60, RCA
and ARA (cont.)
Security
PB104484-30
Inter-pole barrier Spacer
PB104503-35
PB104502-35
Terminal shield
PB104488-14
Screw shield
PB104489-14
Accessories
PB104483-35
Protection
Circuit protection
Function
Prevents any contact with the connecting
screws
bb Upgrades degree of protection to IP20D
bb Sealable, max. diameter 1.2 mm
Prevents any contact with the

terminals
bb Upgrades degree of protection
to IP20D
bb Set of two, for upstream and
downstream terminals
bb For 3 poles: A9A26975 + A9A26976
bb For 4 poles: 2 X A9A26976
Enhances insulation
between connections:
cables, terminals,
lugs, etc
bb Used to:
vv complete rows
vv separate devices.
Width: 1 x 9 mm module
bb Allows cable routing
from one row to another,
(above and below),
up to 6 mm
Catalogue
numbers
A9A26982
A9A26981
A9A26975
A9A26976
A9A27001
A9A27062
Set of
12 x 1 pole
20 x 4 poles (splittable)
2 x 1 pole
2 x 2 poles
10
Suitability
iC60
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
Vigi iC60
iID
Reflex iC60 or
RCA+iC60 or
ARA+iC60
ARA+iID
iSW-NA
Marking
Marker strip
DB118785
Accessories
Used for connection identification

Catalogue
numbers
Set of
0: AB1-R0
1: AB1-R1
2: AB1-R2
3: AB1-R3
4: AB1-R4
5: AB1-R5
6: AB1-R6
7: AB1-R7
8: AB1-R8
9: AB1-R9
A: AB1-GA
B: AB1-GB
C: AB1-GC
D: AB1-GD
E: AB1-GE
F: AB1-GF
G: AB1-GG
H: AB1-GH
I: AB1-GI
J: AB1-GJ
K: AB1-GK
L: AB1-GL
M: AB1-GM
N: AB1-GN
O: AB1-GO
P: AB1-GP
Q: AB1-GQ
R: AB1-GR
S: AB1-GS
T: AB1-GT
U: AB1-GU
V: AB1-GV
W: AB1-GW
X: AB1-GX
Y: AB1-GY
Z: AB1-GZ
+: AB1-R12
-: AB1-R13
blank: AB1-RV
250
iC60 / Reflex iC60
bb 4 markers max. per pole
Vigi iC60
bb 4 markers max. per device
iID
iSW-NA

version: 1.1
125
Protection
Circuit protection
for iC60, iID, iSW-NA, RCA
and ARA
b The electrical auxiliaries are combined with iC60

circuit breakers, iID residual current circuit
breakers, remote tripping switch disconnector
iSW-NA , RCA remote controls and ARA automatic
reclosers; they enable tripping or remote
indication of their position (open/closed/tripped)
upon a fault.
b They are fastened by clips (without tools) to the
left side of the breaker.
b The iOF/SD+OF auxiliary is a 2-in-1 product: via a
mechanical selector switch, it provides two
contacts, OF+SD or OF+OF.
IEC/EN 60947-1
bb Tripping auxiliaries:
vv iMN: undervoltage release
vv iMNs: delayed undervoltage release
vv iMNx: undervoltage release, independant from supply voltage
vv iMSU: overvoltage release
vv iMX: shunt release
vv iMX+OF: shunt release with open/close contact.
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
DB123545
bb Indication auxiliaries:
vv iOF: open/close contact
vv iSD: fault indicating contact
vv iOF/SD+OF: open/close contact and switchable OF or SD contact.
126
version: 1.1
and ARA (cont.)
Combination table
Remote control
Indication auxiliaries
Tripping auxiliaries
Right
1 iOF/SD+OF
Or 1 iOF
Or None
+
+
+
PB104440-25
Position
Left
Max quantity
1 iOF/SD+OF
1 (iSD or iOF or iOF/SD+OF)
None
+
+
+
Devices
ARA automatic recloser iC60/iID/

or RCA remote control iSW-NA*
1 (iMX or iMN or iMSU)
Vigi
PB104466-25
Protection
Circuit protection

3x iMSU
iC60
Vigi iC60
PB104472-25
+
+

None
PB104466-25
PB106256-25
Or 1 iOF
+
+
PB104440-25
iID/iSW-NA*
None
iC60
Vigi iC60
PB104472-25
+
+
iID/iSW-NA*
None
PB104466-25
+
+
PB106253-25
Or 1 iOF
PB104440-25
ARA
None
RCA
iC60
Vigi iC60
Other possible associations: see technical pages
Tripping devices must be mounted first.

*iSW-NA : the iSD auxiliary contact must be associated with an auxiliary (iMN, iMX, iMX+OF); it indicates that the remote tripping
switch disconnector has been tripped open.
Connection
Rigid
Rigid
PZ1
Flexible
With ferrule
DB123008
DB122945
4 mm
Copper cables
DB123011
Tightening
torque
DB123007
DB123061
Type
10 mm
1 N.m
1 N.m
version: 1.1
1 to 4 mm2
1 to 6 mm2
0.5 to 2.5 mm2

0.5 to 4 mm2
2 x 2.5 mm2
2 x 2.5 mm2
2 x 1.5 mm2
2 x 2.5 mm2
127
and ARA (cont.)
Protection
Circuit protection
Tripping
Auxiliaries
iMN
iMNs
iMNx
iMSU
Undervoltage release
Overvoltage release
Independent of the supply
voltage
PB104479-35
PB104478-35
Delayed
PB104477-35
Instantaneous
PB104480-35
Type
Function
bb Trips the device with which it is combined when its input voltage decreases
(between 70 % and 35 % Un). Prevents device closing again until its input voltage is restored
bb Switches off the power supply

by opening the breaker with
which it is combined, in the
event that the phase/neutral
voltage is exceeded (loss of
neutral). For a four-phase
network, use three iMSU tripping
auxiliaries
bb Tripping
bb Tripping
voltage:
voltage:
275 V AC
255 V AC
bb Not tripping on bb Separate input and power

transient voltage supply
dip (up to 0.2 s)
DB118806
DB118805
DB118804
Wiring diagrams
Use
Catalogue numbers
bb Emergency stoppage by normally closed push button

bb Ensures the safety of power supply circuits for several machines
by preventing "uncontrolled" restarting
bb Emergency stoppage with

fail-safe principle
bb Insensitive to control circuit
voltage variation to increase
service continuity
A9A26960
A9A26969
A9A26971
380415
Technical specifications
Rated voltage
V AC 220240
(Ue)
V DC
Operating
frequency
Hz
50/60
A9A26961
A9A26959
48
115
48
400
A9A26963
bb Protection of equipment
against overvoltages on the
electrical network
(neutral conductor break)
bb Voltage monitoring between
phase and neutral conductors
A9A26979
A9A26479
220240
220240
230
50/60
50/60
50/60
Red mechanical indicator

Test function
Operating current
On front face
On front face
On front face
On front face
Number of contacts
Operating
C
temperature
Storage
C
temperature
-35+70
-35+70
-35+70
-35+70
-40+85
-40+85
-40+85
-40+85
128
version: 1.1
230
and ARA (cont.)
Protection
Circuit protection
iMX
Indication
iMX+OF
Shunt release
iOF
iSD
iOF/SD+OF
Open/close
auxiliary contact
Fault indicating contact
Double open/close or
fault indicating contact
bb Trips the breaker when powered
PB104475-35
PB104476-35
PB104474-35
PB104481-35
PB104496-35
With Open/Close auxiliary contact
bb Changeover contact
bb Changeover contact
indicates "open" or "closed" indicates position of the
position of the breaker
breaker; upon:
vv electrical fault
vv action on tripping auxiliary
bb Same indication as
VISI-TRIP
bb The iOF/SD+OF auxiliary

is a 2-in-1 product: via a
mechanical selector switch,
it provides two contacts,
OF+SD or OF+OF
DB118813
DB118812
DB118811
U>
DB118810
DB118808
DB123012
bb Includes an open/close contact

(OF) to indicate the "open" or
"closed" position of the breaker
OF position
bb Emergency stoppage by
normally open push button
bb Remote indication of
tripping upon a fault of the
associated breaker
position and/or tripping upon
a fault of the associated
breaker
A9A26476 A9A26477 A9A26478 A9A26946 A9A26947 A9A26948 A9A26924
A9A26927
A9A26929
100415 48
1224
100415 48
1224
240415
240415
240415
110130
1224
110130
1224
24130
24130
24130
48
bb Emergency stoppage by
normally open push button
bb Remote indication of the
position of the associated breaker
48
the position of the
associated breaker
SD position
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
On front face
On front face
2
y 24 V DC
48 V DC
y 130 V DC
y 240 V AC
415 V AC
On front face
On toggle
1
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
130 V DC
240 V AC
415 V AC
On front face
On toggle
1
On front face
On toggle
1
-35+70
1 NO/NC
-35+70
1 NO/NC
-35+70
1 NO/NC
-35+70
1 NO/NC + 1 NO/NC
-35+70
-40+85
-40+85
-40+85
-40+85
-40+85
6A
2A
1A
6A
3A
version: 1.1
6A
2A
1.5 A
1A
6A
3A
129
Accessories and auxiliaries for

C120 and Vigi C120 devices
DB126143
Type
Rating

torque
C120
10 to 125 A 3.5 N.m
Vigi C120 10 to 125 A 3.5 N.m
50 mm2 Al terminal
27060
Screw-on connection for ring 8 parts

terminal
4 parts
27053
3 parts
19096
see module
91906
10 Comb busbar
1 to 50 mm2
1 to 50 mm2
DB122946
1.5 to 35 mm2
1.5 to 35 mm2
16 to 50 mm2 5 mm
-
Multi-cable
terminal
Rigid
cables
Flexible
cables
3 x 16 mm2 3 x 10 mm2
-
DB126530
7
8
50 mm2 Al Screw-on
terminal connection
for ring
terminal
Flexible or
with ferrule
DB122945
Rigid
With accessories
DB118787
Without access.
DB118789
Connection
DB122935
Protection
Circuit protection
19091
11 Sealable terminal shield for
connection from above and
below
12 Interpole barrier
(set of 10)
27001
13 Screw shield
4P (set of 2)
18527
see module
CM907003F
15 2, 3 and 4-pole label holder

on toggle
16 9 mm spacer
16 parts
1P (set of 2)
18526
27150
27062
17 Padlocking device
27145
18 Plug-in base (1)
26996
19 Rotary handle
Removable handle
27047
Fixed handle
27048
Operating sub-assembly only (2)
27046
(1) For 1P, centreline between 2 rows = 200 mm

(2) A complete rotary handle consists of a circuit-breaker
operating sub-assembly, cat. no. 27046, a handle, cat. no.
27047 or a handle, cat. no. 27048.
Indication
3
SD fault indicating auxiliary contact
26927
OF open/closed auxiliary contact
26924
OF/SD+OF auxiliary contact

(OF+SD or OF+OF combination)
Tm C120 remote control
26929
18312
Trip units
2
MN, MNx, MNs

undervoltage release or
MSU voltage threshold
release MX + OF shunt
release
see module CM907002F
Vigi C120
1

current device
The trip units must be installed first.
see module CM902007F
version: 1.1
131
Accessories for C120 devices
Protection
Circuit protection
Installation
Accessories Rotary handle
Plug-in base
Padlocking device
Front or side control of 2, 3 and 4-pole circuit

breakers
bb Degree of protection: IP 40, IK 10
bb Installation:
vv the circuit-breaker operating sub-assembly cat.
no. 27046 is fixed to the circuit breaker
vv the removable handle cat. no. 27047 is mounted
on the removable front panel or on the enclosure
door
vv the fixed handle cat. no. 27048 is fixed to the
front or side panel of the enclosure
bb A complete rotary handle consists of:
vv a circuit-breaker operating sub-assembly, cat.
no. 27046,
vv a handle cat. no. 27047 or a handle cat. no.
27048
Allows a circuit breaker or switch to be quickly

removed or replaced, without touching the
connections
bb Degree of protection: IP20
bb It consists of:
vv a base to be fixed to a rail (or panel)
vv 2 blades to be fixed in the device terminals
bb Connection: tunnel terminals for cables up to
50 mm (rigid) or 35 mm (flexible)
bb Installation:
vv in a universal enclosure
vv on a horizontal rail
bb Centreline between two rows: 200 mm
bb Only on the circuit breaker, without a Vigi device
or auxiliary
bb Padlocking option (8 mm dia. padlock not
supplied)
Used to padlock a circuit breaker or

a switch in the "open" or "closed"
position
bb Diameter of the padlock: 8 mm
max.
bb Locking in the ON position does not
prevent the circuit breaker or switch
from tripping in the event of a fault
bb Isolation: in conformity
with IEC/EN 60947-2.
27047
Removable
extended
handle
27048
Fixed
handle
27046
Operating
sub-assembly (1)
26996
(1 per pole)
27145
Function
Catalogue
numbers
Set of
Suitable for the following devices:

bb 2P, 3P, 4P
bb
bb
C120 + Vigi C120
bb 2P, 3P, 4P
bb
50 mm Al terminal
Screw-on connection for

ring terminal
Connection
DB118782
DB118780
Accessories Multi-cable terminal
DB118784
C120
Cat. numbers
For 16 to 50 mm aluminium cables
For cable end with ring terminal,

front or rear mounting
DB118789
For 3 copper cables:

bb Rigid up to 16 mm
bb Flexible up to 10 mm
DB122935
DB118787
Function
5 mm
19091
19096
27060
27053
C120
bb
Vigi C120
Tightening torque 3.5 N.m
3.5 N.m
2 N.m
Stripping length
13 mm
Set of
11 mm
Tools to be used Diameter 6 mm or PZ2

Hc 1/5" or 6.5 mm
Diameter 5 mm
(1) A complete rotary handle consists of a circuit-breaker operating sub-assembly, cat. no. 27046, a handle cat. no. 27047 or a handle cat. no. 27048.
132
version: 1.1
Accessories for C120 devices

(cont.)
Protection
Circuit protection
Accessories
Safety
Screw shield
Terminal shield
Interpole barrier Spacer
Prevents all contact with the fixing screws

bb The degree of protection becomes IP40.
bb Sealable.
bb Dividable.
Prevents all contact with the terminals Improves the

bb Degree of protection IP40
insulation between the
connections: cables,
terminals, lugs, etc.
bb Used to:
vv complete the rows
vv separate the devices
bb Width: 1 x 9 mm
module.
bb Allows cables to be
routed from one row to
another (above and
below), up to 6 mm.
Catalogue
numbers
18527
15526
27001
27062
Set of
2 (4P dividable)
2 (for upstream and downstream

terminal)
10
Function

C120
bb
bb
bb
Vigi C120
bb
Identification
Clip-on terminal marker strip
Label holder
DB118786
Accessories
For connection identification

Catalogue
numbers
Set of
0 : AB1-R0
1 : AB1-R1
2 : AB1-R2
3 : AB1-R3
4 : AB1-R4
5 : AB1-R5
6 : AB1-R6
7 : AB1-R7
8 : AB1-R8
9 : AB1-R9
A : AB1-GA
B : AB1-GB
C : AB1-GC
D : AB1-GD
E : AB1-GE
F : AB1-GF
G : AB1-GG
H : AB1-GH
I : AB1-GI
J : AB1-GJ
K : AB1-GK
L : AB1-GL
M : AB1-GM
N : AB1-GN
O : AB1-GO
P : AB1-GP
Q : AB1-GQ
R : AB1-GR
S : AB1-GS
T : AB1-GT
250
C120
bb 4 markers max. per pole
Vigi C120
U : AB1-GU
V : AB1-GV
W : AB1-GW
X : AB1-GX
Y : AB1-GY
Z : AB1-GZ
+ : AB1-R12
- : AB1-R13
Blank: AB1-RV
27150
10
version: 1.1
133
Protection
Circuit protection
Electrical auxiliaries for C60,

C120, DPN, DPN Vigi, RCCB/ID,
I-NA devices
b The electrical auxiliaries provide the remote

tripping or position (open/closed/tripped)
indication functions of these devices in the event
of a fault.
b They clip on (no tool required) to the left-hand
side of the associated device.
b The OF+SD/OF auxiliary is a two-in-one product:
a mechanical selector switch is used to select one
of two contacts: OF+SD or OF+OF.
IEC/EN 60947-1
bb Tripping auxiliaries:
vv MN: undervoltage release
vv MNs: delayed undervoltage release
vv MNx: undervoltage release, independent of the supply voltage
vv MSU: voltage threshold release
vv MX: shunt release
vv MX+OF: shunt release with open/closed contact.
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
bb Indication auxiliaries:
vv OF: open/closed contact
vv OF.S: open/closed contact for RCCB/ID
vv SD: fault indicating contact
vv OF+SD/OF: choice of open/closed contact and OF or SD contact
via the selector switch.
d
DB123814
bb The electrical auxiliaries are not compatible with

ID residual current circuit breakers of type B.
or
Indication
Tripping
DPN
DPN Vigi
or
OF+SD/OF
OF
SD
MX+OF,
MX or MSU
C60 C120
MN, MNs,
MNx
or
Combination table
Maximum number of tripping auxiliaries
2 x MX or MN
2 x MX or MN
3 x MSU
1 x OF+SD/OF
2 x MX or MN or MSU
057450N_SE-10
2 x MX or MN or MSU
C60, C120
P100628_SE-10
DPN, DPN Vigi

2 x OF
I-NA
053957_SE-10
Maximum number of indication auxiliaries

(from left to right)
056810N_SE-10
Tripping
PB104341_SE-10
Indication
3 x OF or SD
RCCB/ID
Devices
Or 2 x OF+SD/OF or OF or SD
Or none
OF.S
I-NA
OF.S+RCCB/ID
The trip units must be installed first.
Connection
Copper cables
Rigid
Indication and tripping

auxiliaries
version: 1.1
1 N.m
0.5 to 2.5 mm
Flexible
DB122946
Tightening
torque
DB122945
DB1261475
Type
2 x 1.5 mm2
135

I-NA devices (cont.)
Protection
Circuit protection
Tripping
Auxiliaries
MN
MNs
MNx
MSU
Undervoltage release
Voltage threshold release

Delayed
Independent of the supply

voltage
PB100206_SE-30
PB100202_SE-30
PB100203_SE-30
Instantaneous
PB100205_SE-30
Type
Function
bb Causes the device with which it is associated to trip when its input voltage decreases
(between 70 % and 35 % of Un). Prevents the device from closing until its input voltage has been
restored
bb No tripping in
the event of
transient voltage
dips (up to 0.2 s)
bb Cuts off the power supply by

opening the device with which it is
associated when the phase/neutral
voltage is exceeded (loss of
neutral). For a four-phase network,
use three MSU tripping auxiliaries
bb Separate input and power

supply
bb Tripping volt.: bb Tripping volt.:

275 V AC
255 V AC
DB118806
DB118805
DB118804
Wiring diagrams
Utilization
bb Emergency stop via a normally-closed pushbutton
bb Ensures the safety of the power supply circuits of several
machines by preventing accidental startups
Catalogue numbers
26960
Rated voltage
V AC 220240
(Ue)
V DC
Operating
frequency
Hz
Mechanical state indicator

light, red
Test function
Operating current
26961
26959
48
115
26963
bb Protection of the devices against

overvoltages on the electrical
network (break in the neutral
conductor)
bb Monitoring the voltage between
the phase conductor and the
neutral conductor
26969 26977* 26971 26991* 26979
26479
220240
230
50/60
50/60
50/60
On front face
On front face
On front face
On front face
-25+50
-25+50
-40+85
-40+85
bb
bb
50/60
48
400
Number of contacts
Operating
C
-25+50
-25+50
temperature
Storage
C
-40+85
-40+85
temperature
Standards
IEC/EN 60947-1
bb
bb
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
EN 60947-2
bb
bb
EN 62019-2(1)
(*) Tripping auxiliaries MNx ref. 26977 and 26991 are specific for C60 circuit breakers.
(1) For C60, C120, iDPN (DPN).
136
bb Fail-safe emergency stop

bb Insensitive to the variation in
the control circuit voltage to
improve continuity of service
version: 1.1
400
230
230

I-NA devices (cont.)
Protection
Circuit protection
MX
Signalisation
MX+OF
Shunt release
OF.S
OF
SD
OF+SD/OF
Open/closed
auxiliary contact
Open/closed
auxiliary contact
Fault indicating
contact
Double open/closed or
fault indicating contact
PB100627_SE-30
PB100625_SE-30
bb The OF+SD/OF auxiliary is

a two-in-one product: choice
of OF + SD or OF + OF
contact via the selector switch
Not compatible
with a RCCB/ID
residual current
circuit breaker,
use an OF+SD/OF
in the SD position
DB118810
DB118809
DB118808
DB123012
bb Includes an open/closed
contact (OF contact) to
indicate the "open" or "closed"
position of the associated
device
Compulsory
for
the
additioo
n f
trippin
o
g r
indication
auxiliarie
o
sa
r
n
esidual
current
circuit
breaker
RCCB/ID
bb Changeover
contact indicating the
position of the
associated device in
the event of:
vv electrical fault
vv action on the
tripping auxiliary
DB118813
bb Changeover
"open" or "closed"
position of the
associated device
DB118812
bb Changeover
"open" or "closed"
position of the
associated device
DB118811
bb Trips the associated device when it is powered on
PB100626_SE-30
PB100628_SE-30
PB100198_SE-30
PB100199_SE-30
With open/closed auxiliary

contact
OF position
SD position
bb Emergency stop via a

normally-open pushbutton.
bb Emergency stop via a

normally-open pushbutton
bb Remote indication of the
position of the associated
device
bb e
Ro
m t
e
i
n
d
i
c
a
t
i
o
o
n f bb Remote indication
the
position
of
the of the position of the
associated
device associated device
bb Remote fault
bb Remote position and/or
tripping indication of fault tripping indication of the
the associated device associated device
26476
26946
26923
26924
26927
26929
26477
26478
26947
26948
100415 48
1224 100415 48
1224 240415
240415
240415
240415
110130 48
1224 110130
1224 24130
24130
24130
24130
48
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
On front face
On front face
On front face
On front face
1
3 A /415 V AC
6 A / y 240 V AC
1 NO/NC
-25+50
On front face
1
On front face
1
On front face
1
-25+50
2
3 A / 415 V AC
6 A / y 240 V AC
1 NO/NC
-25+50
1 NO/NC
-25+50
1 NO/NC
-25+50
1 NO/NC + 1 NO/NC
-25+50
-40+85
-40+85
-40+85
-40+85
-40+85
-40+85
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
version: 1.1
137
iCT contactors
EN 61095, IEC 1095
DB106604
DB123399
DB116619
Control
Remote control
iCT contactors are available in two versions:

bb Contactors without manually-operated
bb Contactors with manually-operated.
The breadth of the iCT contactor range satisfies most application cases.
iCT contactors can be combined with auxiliary control, protection and indication functions.
Indication
iACTs
manual control
iCT 4P
bb This auxiliary allows

indication or control of the
"open" or "closed"
position of the contactor
power contacts
PB106125-34
PB106105-35
bb iCT contactors can be used

to remote control applications
in alternative networks:
vv lighting, heating,
ventilation, roller blinds,
sanitary hot water
vv mechanical ventilation
systems, etc
vv load-shedding of
non-priority circuits
PB106123-34
PB106124-34
iCT 2P
PB106120-34
PB106115-35
Contactors
Interference
filtering
iACTp
Dual control
iACTc
bb This auxiliary is an
interference suppressor
which limits overvoltages
on the control circuit
bb Used to control a
contactor in impulse-type
mode or to combine
latched or impulse-type
control orders
Time delay iATEt
bb This auxiliary is used to time delay for iCT and iTL.

According to cabling, there are 5 possible time delay types:
vv 1 for iTL
vv 4 for iCT
Function type A:
late closing
Delay energizing of contactor
Function type B:
time delay
bb Energize the contactor by closing
a push button
bb The time delay starts as soon as
the control contacts are closed
Contactors
Function type C:
late opening
bb Energize the contactor by closing a
push button
bb The time delay starts when the
control contacts are opened
Function type H:
fixed time operation
bb Operate the contactor for a
pre-determined time from the moment
of energizing
Contactors auxiliaries
Choice of 50 Hz contactors
Type
Rating
Contactor
A
16
20
25
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
40
63
100
Auxiliaries
iACTs indication
auxiliary
iACTp protection
auxiliary
iACTc, iATEt
control auxiliary
140
By
yellow
clips
By
yellow
clips
version: 1.1
iCT contactors (cont.)
Control
Remote control
Yellow clip
PB106115-39
bb A simple clip-on system for

flexible auxiliaries combination
and improved robustness
bb For electrical and mechanical
connections
bb Minimum noise
bb Large circuit
labeling area
bb Mechanical contact
position indicator
bb Consistent with the entire Acti9 offer

and with all types of lighting
bbManually-operated contactors have a 4-position
selector switch on their front face:
vv automatic operating mode
vv temporary "ON" override
vv permanent "ON" override: used to lock the contactor in
the ON position during installation maintenance
vv shutdown
Choice of 60 Hz contactors
Manually-operated contactors
16
25
Contactor
40
63
16
Manually-operated contactors
25
40
63
Contactors that can be equipped with auxiliaries
Contactors that can be equipped with auxiliaries
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
version: 1.1
40
141
Control
Remote control
Catalogue numbers
iCT contactors - 50 Hz
Type
Width in 9 mm
modules
DB103373-5
1P
Rating (In)
A1
AC7a
AC7b
16 A
6A
A2
25 A
8.5 A
Control voltage
(V AC) (50 Hz)
Contact
12
1NO
A9C22011
24
1NO
A9C22111
48
1NO
A9C22211
220
1NO
A9C22511
230240
1NO
A9C22711
220
1NO
A9C20531
230240
1NO
A9C20731
DB103375-10
DB103377-11
DB122915
2P
A1
R1
A2
R2
A1
R1
R2
A1
6A
R4
A2
A2
16 A
R3
12
2NO
A9C22012
24
2NO
A9C22112
48
2NO
A9C22212
220
2NO
A9C22512
230...240
2NO
A9C22712
12
1NO+1NC
A9C22015
24
1NO+1NC
A9C22115
220
1NO+1NC
A9C22515
230...240
1NO+1NC
A9C22715
2
2
20 A
6A
230...240
2NO
A9C22722
25 A
8.5 A
24
2NO
A9C20132
48
2NO
A9C20232
220
2NO
A9C20532
230...240
2NO
A9C20732
220
2NC
A9C20536
230...240
2NC
A9C20736
40 A
15 A
220...240
2NO
A9C20842
63 A
20 A
24
2NO
A9C20162
220...240
2NO
A9C20862
100 A
220...240
2NO
A9C20882
DB103378-14
3P
1
A1
A2
16 A
6A
220240
3NO
A9C22813
25 A
8.5 A
220240
3NO
A9C20833
40 A
15 A
220240
3NO
A9C20843
63 A
20 A
220240
3NO
A9C20863
16 A
6A
DB122916
4P
A1 R1
R3
DB122917
A2 R2
A1
A2
R5
R7
R4
R6
R8
R1
R3
R2
DB103381-18
DB122918
A1
220...240
2NO+2NC
A9C22818
4NO
A9C22824
25 A
8.5 A
24
4NO
A9C20134
220...240
4NO
A9C20834
24
4NC
A9C20137
142
20 A
R1
100 A
A2
15 A
4
4
220 ...240
63 A
A2
A9C22114
A9C22814
6A
R4
4NO
4NO
20 A
40 A
3
A1
24
220...240
220...240
4NC
A9C20837
220...240
2NO+2NC
A9C20838
220...240
4NO
A9C20844
220...240
4NC
A9C20847
24
4NO
A9C20164
220...240
4NO
A9C20864
24
4NC
A9C20167
220...240
4NC
A9C20867
220...240
2NO+2NC
A9C20868
220...240
3NO+1NC
A9C20869
220...240
4NO
A9C20884
12
R2
version: 1.1
Control
Remote control
Catalogue numbers
iCT manual control contactor 50 Hz
Type
Width in 9 mm
modules
DB106586-27
DB106318-27
DB106317-24
2P
Rating (In)
A1
I
auto
O
I
auto
O
I
auto
O
AC7a
AC7b
16 A
6A
A2
A1
R1
25 A
8.5 A
A2
R2
40 A
A1
R1
R3
63 A
15 A
20 A
A2
R2
A1
Control voltage
(V AC) (50 Hz)
Contact
220
2NO
A9C23512
230...240
2NO
A9C23712
220
1NO+1NC
A9C23515
230...240
1NO+1NC
A9C23715
24
2NO
A9C21132
24
2NC
A9C21136
220
2NO
A9C21532
230...240
2NO
A9C21732
24
2NO
A9C21142
220...240
2NO
A9C21842
24
2NO
A9C21162
220...240
2NO
A9C21862
R4
DB106319-27
3P
I
auto
O
A2
A1
25 A
8.5 A
220...240
3NO
A9C21833
40 A
15 A
220...240
3NO
A9C21843
25 A
8.5 A
24
4NO
A9C21134
24
4NC
A9C21137
220...240
4NO
A9C21834
24
4NO
A9C21144
24
4NC
A9C21147
220...240
4NO
A9C21844
24
4NO
A9C21164
220...240
4NO
A9C21864
DB106320-31
4P
I
auto
O
DB106587-36
A2
A1
I
auto
O
R1
R3
40 A
R5
R7
63 A
A2
R2
R4
R6
15 A
20 A
R8
version: 1.1
143
Control
Remote control
Catalogue numbers
Type
Width in 9 mm
modules
DB103373-5
1P
A1
A2
Rating (In)
1
AC7a
AC7b
25 A
8.5 A
Control voltage
(V AC) (60 Hz)
Contact
127
1NO
A9C20431
220 ...240
1NO
A9C20631
127
1NO+1NC
A9C22415
220...240
1NO+1NC
A9C22615
127
2NO
A9C20432
220...240
2NO
A9C20632
127
2NC
A9C20436
220...240
2NC
A9C20636
127
2NO
A9C20442
220...240
2NO
A9C20642
127
3NO
A9C20433
220...240
3NO
A9C20633
127
3NO
A9C20443
220...240
3NO
A9C20643
127
3NO
A9C20463
220...240
3NO
A9C20663
DB103377-11
A2
A1
R1
R2
R3
DB103375-10
DB122915
2P
A1
R4
A1
16 A
25 A
A2
8.5 A
R1
40 A
A2
6A
R2
15 A
DB103378-14
3P
A1
25 A
40 A
A2
8.5 A
15 A
63 A
20 A

Type
Width in 9 mm
modules
DB106317-24
2P
Rating (In)
A1
I
auto
O
A2
144
AC7a
AC7b
40 A
15 A
Control voltage
(V AC) (60 Hz)
Contact
127
2NO
A9C21442
220...240
2NO
A9C21642
version: 1.1
Control
Remote control
Operation (Manual control contactor)

Position: auto
Position: I
Position: I + P
DB123607
Position: O
Automatic return to
auto position
Rating
Lenght
tripping
Circuit
9 mm
Control
Tightening
torque
Copper cables
Rigid
Flexible or ferrule
iCT
PZ1: 4 mm
16 - 100 A
PZ2: 6 mm
40 A - 63 A
16 and 25 A
0.8 N.m
1.5 to 2.5 mm:

2 x 1.5 mm2
1.5 to 6 mm2
1.5 to 2.5 mm:

2 x 2.5 mm2
1 to 4 mm2
3.5 N.m
6 to 25 mm2
6 to 16 mm2
6 to 35 mm
6 to 35 mm2
Power
14 mm
100 A
iACTs, iACTp, PZ1: 4 mm
iACTc, iATEt
9 mm
version: 1.1
DB122946
Type
DB122945
DB123606
Connection
0.8 N.m
1.5 to 2.5 mm:

2 x 1.5 mm2
1.5 to 2.5 mm:

2 x 2.5 mm2
145
Control
Remote control
DB123309
Technical data
Power circuit
Voltage rating (Ue)
1P, 2P
250 V AC
3P, 4P
400 V AC
Frequency
50 Hz or 60 Hz
Type of load
See module CA908026
DB123300
Endurance (O-C)
Electrical
100,000 cycles
Maximum number of switching operation a day
100
500 V AC
Pollution degree
2.5 kV (4 kV for 12/24/48 V AC)
(IEC 60529)
Device only
IP20
Device in modular
enclosure
IP40
30 vertical.
DB123311
IP20
IP40
-5C to +60C (1)
Storage temperature
-40C to +70C
Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95 % at 55C)
ELSV compliance (Extra Low Safety Voltage) for 12/24/48 V AC versions

The product control conforms to the SELV (safety extra low voltage) requirements
DB123331
(1) In the case of contactor mounting in a enclosure for which the interior temperature is in range
between 50C and 60C, it is necessary to use a spacer, cat. no. A9A27062, between each
contactor
Spacer cat. no. A9A27062
146
version: 1.1
Control
Remote control
Sealable screw shields

for top and bottom
DB123608
3P, 4P 25 A
2P
A9A15921
40/63 A A9A15922
3P, 4P 40/63 A A9A15923

7
9 mm spacer
A9A27062
Yellow clips
A9C15415
Auxiliaries
iCT < 25 A
Indication
2
iACTs
1NO + 1NC
A9C15914
1CO
A9C15915
2NO
A9C15916
230 V AC
24 V AC
A9C18308
A9C18309
Double control inputs

3
iACTc
Coil suppression blocs

4
iACTp
12...48 V AC
A9C15919
48...127 V AC A9C15918
220...240 V AC A9C15920
Time delay
5
iATEt
24...240 V AC
A9C15419
iCT u 25 A
version: 1.1
147
iCT contactors
Electrical auxiliaries for iCT
Control
Remote control
Indication
Protection
Control
Indication
Interference filtering
Impulse/latched control
With Open/Close auxiliary contact
2 protection circuits
PB106120-34
Type
iACTp
iACTc
PB106123-34
iACTs
PB106124-34
Auxiliaries
Function
bb This auxiliary allows indication of the "open"
or "closed" position of the contactor power contacts
bb This auxiliary is an interference

bb This auxiliary, combined with contactors,
suppressor which limits overvoltages enables them to be controlled by
on the control circuit
2 order types:
vv impulse order for local control (input T)
vv latched order for centralised control
(input X)
vv the last order received takes priority
12 14
24 12
14 24
DB123315
13 23
DB123316
13
DB123779
23 11
DB123778
DB123777
Wiring diagrams
Mounting
bb Mounted to the right of iCT
bb Mounted to the left of iCT

by yellow clips (1)
bb By wires
bb The iACTp has 2 separate and

identical circuits, allowing it to be
combined with 2 different one on the
iCT the other by wires
bb Mounted to the left of iCT

by yellow clips (1)
Use
Catalogue numbers
A9C15914
A9C15915
A9C15916
Control voltage
V AC 24240
(Ue)
V DC 24130
Operating
Hz
50/60
frequency
Auxiliary contact
(breaking capacity)
Number of contacts
Operating
temperature
Storage
temperature
Consumption
48 127
1
bb Mininimum: 10 mA at 24 V DC/AC - cos = 1
bb Maximum:
vv 5 A at 240 V AC - cos = 1
vv 1 A at 130 V DC
1NO + 1NC
1CO
2NO
-5C to +50C
-40C to +70C
bb Mains power outages:

vv < 1 s: keeps its initial status
vv u 5 s: reset
vv put back into operation by manual
operation on input X or T.
bb Minimum impulse duration: 250 ms
A9C15918 A9C15919 A9C15920 A9C18308
A9C18309
12 48
220 240
230240
2448
50/60
50/60
OFF load: 3 VA
Inrush (2): 2 VA
Holding (2): 0.2 VA
(1) Electrical and mechanical link.

(2) Maximum consumption of all contactors controlled.
148
version: 1.1
iCT contactors
Electrical auxiliaries for iCT
(cont.)
Control
Remote control
Control (cont.)
iATEt
PB106125-34
Time delay
A1
iCT
A2
Function type H: fixed time operation

bb Operate the contactor for
a pre-determined time from the moment
of energizing.
DB123324
DB123323
DB123322
DB123321
bb This auxiliary is used to time delay for iCT and iTL. According to cabling, there are 5 possible time delay types:
vv 1 for iTL
vv 4 for iCT.
Function type A: late closing
Function type B: time delay
Function type C: late opening
bb Delay energizing of contactor.
a push button.
a push button.
bb The time delay starts as soon as the bb The time delay starts when the
control contacts are closed.
control contacts are opened.
1
0
A1
iCT
A2
1
0
A1
iCT
A2
1
0
A1
iCT
A2
1
0
bb Mounted to the left of iCT by yellow clips (1)
A9C15419
24240
24110
50/60
2
-20C to +50C
-40C to +80C
Off-load: 5 VA
Inrush (2): 3 A
Holding (2): 0.2 A
version: 1.1
149
iCT contactors
Accessories for iCT
Security
PB106143-10
Yellow clips
PB104487-15
PB104486-15
Sealable screw shields
PB104485-15
Accessories
Spacer
PB104483-40
Control
Remote control
Function
bb Designed to cover terminals to avoid contact with device screws.
bb Allow sealing
bb For iCT:
3P, 4P - 25 A
bb For iCT:
2P - 40/63 A
bb For iCT:
3P, 4P - 40/63 A
bb Ensure the mechanical

and/or electrical link
between contactors and
their auxiliaries.
bb Required to reduce temperature

rise of modular devices installed side
by side.
bb Recommended to separate
electronic devices (thermostat,
programmable clock, etc.) from
electromechanical devices (relays,
contactors).
Use
bb Bag of 10 upstream/10 downstream
Catalogue numbers
A9A15921
bb Bag of 10
bb Bag of 5
A9A15922
A9A15923
A9C15415
A9A27062
2P
3P
Width in 9 mm modules 4
Number of poles
3P, 4P
150
version: 1.1
Control
Remote control
iCT contactors
Technical advice for iCT
Consumption
Type
1P
Rating (In)
AC7a
AC7b
16 A
5A
25 A
8.5 A
Control voltage
(V AC) (50 Hz)
Consumption
Holding
Inrush
Max.
power
12
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C22011
24
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C22111
48
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C22211
220
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C22511
230240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
1.2 W
A9C22711
220
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C20531
230240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
1.2 W
A9C20731
2P
16 A
5A
20 A
6.4 A
25 A
8.5 A
12
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C22012
24
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C22112
48
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C22212
220
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C22512
230...240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
1.2 W
A9C22712
12
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C22015
24
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C22115
220
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C22515
230...240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
1.2 W
A9C22715
230...240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
1.2 W
A9C22722
24
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C20132
48
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C20232
220
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C20532
230...240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
1.2 W
A9C20732
220
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C20536
230...240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
1.2 W
A9C20736
40 A
15 A
220...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20842
63 A
20 A
24
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20162
220...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20862
100 A
220...240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20882
3P
16 A
5A
220240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C22813
25 A
8.5 A
220240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20833
40 A
15 A
220240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20843
63 A
20 A
220240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20863
16 A
5A
4P
version: 1.1
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C22114
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C22814
220...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C22818
20 A
6.4 A
220 ...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C22824
25 A
8.5 A
24
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20134
220...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20834
24
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20137
220...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20837
220...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20838
40 A
15 A
220...240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20844
220...240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20847
63 A
20 A
24
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20164
100 A
24
220...240
220...240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20864
24
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20167
220...240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20867
220...240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20868
220...240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20869
220...240
13 VA
106 VA
4.2 W
A9C20884
151
Control
Remote control
iCT contactors
Technical advice for iCT (cont.)
Consumption (cont.)
Type
2P
Rating (In)
AC7a
AC7b
16 A
5A
25 A
40 A
63 A
8.5 A
15 A
20 A
Control voltage
(V AC) (50 Hz)
Consumption
Holding
Inrush
Max.
power
220
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
1.2 W
A9C23512
230...240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
1.2 W
A9C23712
220
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C23515
230...240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
1.2 W
A9C23715
24
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C21132
24
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C21136
220
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
1.2 W
A9C21532
230...240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
1.2 W
A9C21732
24
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C21142
220...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C21842
24
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C21162
220...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C21862
3P
25 A
8.5 A
220...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C21833
40 A
15 A
220...240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C21843
25 A
8.5 A
4P
40 A
63 A
15 A
20 A
24
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C21134
24
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C21137
220...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C21834
24
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C21144
24
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C21147
220...240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C21844
24
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C21164
220...240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C21864
Type
1P
Rating (In)
AC7a
AC7b
25 A
8.5 A
Control voltage
(V AC) (60 Hz)
Consumption
Holding
Inrush
Max.
power
127
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C20431
220 ...240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
0.9 W
A9C20631
2P
16 A
25 A
40 A
5A
8.5 A
15 A
127
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C22415
220...240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
0.9 W
A9C22615
127
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C20432
220...240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
0.9 W
A9C20632
127
3.8 VA
15 VA
1.3 W
A9C20436
220...240
2.7 VA
9.2 VA
0.9 W
A9C20636
127
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20442
220...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20642
3P
25 A
40 A
63 A
152
version: 1.1
8.5 A
15 A
20 A
127
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20433
220...240
4.6 VA
34 VA
1.6 W
A9C20633
127
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20443
220...240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20643
127
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20463
220...240
6.5 VA
53 VA
2.1 W
A9C20663
iCT contactors
Dimensions for iCT
Control
Remote control
68
5.5
36
18
DB123609
DB123376
Dimensions (mm)
49
23.5
81
68
36
5.5
54
49
23.5
85
45
45
2.5
2.5
iCT 16/25 A
iCT 40/63 A
DB123610
68
54
5.5
108
49
23.5
85
45
2.5
iCT 100 A
18
36
5.5
73
68
DB123382
DB123381
73
68
49
23.5
36
5.5
54
85
45
81
2.5
81
iCT manual control contactor 40/63 A
DB123380
DB123379
68
5.5
45
2.5
iCT manual control contactor 16/25 A
49
23.5
49
23.5
60
44
45
iACTs
18
81
45
iATEt
iACTp
iACTc
version: 1.1
153
iTL impulse relays
Latched
control
iTLs
bb Allows remote
indication of its operating
state (open/closed)
iTLc
bb Allows centralised
control of a group of TLc
impulse relays, whilst at
the same time retaining
local impulse-type control
iTLm
bb Operated by latched
orders from a changeover
contact (switch, time
switch, thermostat).
Manual control does not
work
PB106139-34
bb The impulse relays are used to control,

by means of pushbuttons, lighting circuits
consisting of:
vv incandescent lamps, low-voltage halogen
lamps, etc. (resistive loads)
vv fluorescent lamps, discharge lamps, etc.
(inductive loads)
PB106137-34
PB106126-34
PB106133-34
iTL
PB106138-34
Centralised
control
PB106130-34
Remote
indication
PB106132-34
Impulse
relays
PB106128-34
IEC/EN 60669-2-2
iTLs: IEC/EN 60947-5-1
DB116619
DB123399
Remote control
Indication
iATLs
bb Allows remote
indication of the
associated impulse relay
Centralised control
iATLc
bb Used for centralised control,

thanks to a "pilot line",
of a group of impulse relays
controlling separate circuit,
while at the same time
maintaining local individual
control of each impulse relay
Latched control
iATLm
bb Controls the
associated impulse relay
by latched orders from a
changeover contact
Impulse relays
154
version: 1.1
Remote control
iTL impulse relays (cont.)
Impulse relays are used:
Changeover contact iTLi
Extensions iETL
PB106134-34
PB106131-34
bb Closing of the impulse relay pole(s) is triggered by an impulse on the coil.

bb Having two stable mechanical positions, the pole(s) will be opened by the next impulse. Each impulse received by the coil reverses the
position of the pole(s).
bb Can be controlled by an unlimited number of pushbuttons.
bb Zero energy consumption.
bb This impulse relay has a

changeover contact
bb Used to increase the number of impulse relay poles

bb Can be installed on the iTL, iTLi, iTLc,
iTLm and iTLs
PB106125-34
Centralised control +
indication iATLc+s
bb Used for centralised control, thanks to

a "pilot line", of a group of impulse relays
controlling separate circuit, while at the
same time maintaining local individual
control of each impulse relay
bb Remote indication of the mechanical
status of each relay
Multi-level centralised
control iATLc+c
bb Allows centralised control

of a group of iTLc or iTL + ATLc
impulse relays
PB106142-63
PB106136-34
PB106141-34
PB106140-34
Impulse relays auxiliaries

version: 1.1
Time delay
iATEt
bb Combined with an
impulse relay,
it automatically
disconnects the circuit
after a preset time
Control iATLz
bb Must be used when

installing several
illuminated PBs in parallel
to control an impulse
relay (prevents operating
malfunctions)
Step by step
control iATL4
bb Allows step-by-step
control of two circuits via
a single pushbutton
Specific auxiliaries
155
10 Yellow clips
A9C15415
11 9 mm spacer
A9A27062
see module
DB123631
Remote control
CA907001
iTLm
iTL (4P)
iETL
Mechanical and
electrical link
Electrical link
Auxiliaries
Centralised control
2
iATLc (1), (3)
24...240 V AC
A9C15404
24...240 V AC
A9C15405
iTL (1P - 2P)
Indication
3
iATLs (1)
Centralised control + indication

4
iATLc+s (3)
24...240 V AC
A9C15409
Multi-level centralised control

5
iATLc+c (2), (3)
24...240 V AC
A9C15410
230 V AC
A9C15412
iTLI
Step by step control

6
iATL4
Control by illuminated push-buttons

7
iATLz
130...240 V AC A9C15413
Latched control
8
iATLm (1)
12...240 V AC
A9C15414
24...240 V AC
A9C15419
iTLs
Time delay control

9
iATEt (4)
(1) The iATLc, iATLs and iATLm 9 mm auxiliaries are used by

themselves to the right of an impulse relay.
(2) Connection by traditional cabling.
The iATLc+c must be mounted to the right of an iATLc+s
or an iATLc.
(3) The centralised control functions (iTLc, iATLc,
iATLc+s, iATLc+c) only operate on AC voltage networks.
iTLc
(4) iATEt: control voltage:

24...240 V AC, 24...110 V DC.
156
version: 1.1
PB106126-41
Remote control
Yellow clip
bb A simple clip-on system

for flexible auxiliaries
combination and improved
robustness
bb For electrical and
mechanical connections
bbBuilt-in or optional auxiliary

function: state indication, centralised
control, latched control, control for
illuminated pushbutton,
step-by-step control, time delay
bb Large circuit
labeling area
bbDisconnection of remote control by

selector switch (except for 4P singlepiece iTL) for maintenance operation
bb Consistent with the entire Acti9 offer and

with all types of lighting
bbManual controls on front face: direct

and priority manual control by O-l toggle
bb Mechanical contact position indicator
Choice impulse relays auxiliaries

Type
Standard iTL
Changeover iTLI
Rating
16
Control voltage
V AC
230/
240
110
130
48
24
12
48
24
12
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
V DC
32
16
230/
240
110
130
48
24
12
230/
240
110
48
24
12
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
iTLc
centralised
control
iTLm control on iTLs remote

latched order
indication
16
16
16
230/
240
110
230/
240
110
48
24
24
12
48
230/
240
-
24
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
Auxiliaries
Extension
iETL
Centralised control + indication

iATLc+s
Centralised control
iATLc
Indication
iATLs

iATLc+c
Latched control
iATLm
Control for illuminated Pushbutton

iATLz
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb (*) bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb (*) -
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb (*)

iATL4
Time delay control
iATEt
(*) iATEt : does not operate on 12 V DC.
version: 1.1
157
Catalogue numbers
iTL impulse relays
3P
DB123626 + DB123630
1 NO
2 NO
A9C30011
A9C30111
A9C30211
A9C30311
A9C30811
A9C30831
2
A9C30012
A9C30112
A9C30212
A9C30312
A9C30812
A9C30831 + A9C32836
2
4P
DB123627
2P
DB123625
1P
DB123624
Type
1 NO + 1NO/NC + 1NO
4 NO
A9C30011 + A9C32016
A9C30111 + A9C32116
A9C30211 + A9C32216
A9C30311 + A9C32316
A9C30811 + A9C32816
A9C30831 + 2 x A9C32836
4
A9C30012 + A9C32016
A9C30114
A9C30212 + A9C32216
A9C30312 + A9C32316
A9C30814
A9C30831 + 3 x A9C32836
4
Rating (In) Control voltage (Uc)

(V AC)
12
24
48
130
230...240
230...240
32 A
16 A
(V DC)
6
12
24
48
110
110
iTLI impulse relays

1P
DB123628
Type
1NO + 1NC
(V AC)
12
24
48
130
230...240
16 A
(V DC)
6
12
24
48
110
A9C30015
A9C30115
A9C30215
A9C30315
A9C30815
2
iETL extensions for iTL and iTLI

Type
1P
Width in 9 mm
modules
DB123629
32 A
(V AC)
(V DC)
230...240
110
A9C32836 2
1NO
2P
DB123630
16 A
1NO/NC + 1NO
158
version: 1.1
12
A9C32016 2
24
12
A9C32116 2
48
24
A9C32216 2
130
48
A9C32316 2
230...240
110
A9C32816 2
iTLc , iTLm, iTLs

with built-in auxiliary function
Catalogue numbers (cont.)
iTLc impulse relay with centralised control
3P
DB123618
1P
DB123617
Type
6 8 10
Rating (In)
1NO
3P
A9C33111
A9C33211
A9C33811
2
A9C33111 + A9C32116
A9C33211 + A9C32216
A9C33811 + A9C32816
4
1P
3P
Control voltage (Uc)

(V AC)
16 A
24
48
230...240
DB123986
Type
Rating (In)
DB123987
iTLm impulse relay with latched control
1NO
3P
A9C34811
2
A9C34811 + A9C32116
4
1P
3P

(V AC)
16 A
230...240
DB123621
Type
DB123622
iTLs impulse relay with remote indication*
6 8 10
1NO
Rating (In)
(V AC)
(V DC)
24
48
230...240
12
24
110
A9C32111
A9C32211
A9C32811
2
(*) Short circuit protection device for indication contacts : 6 A gG fuse.
16 A
3P
version: 1.1
A9C32111 + A9C32116
A9C32211 + A9C32216
A9C32811 + A9C32816
4
159
iTL impulse relays
Remote control
Operation
Switch set to OFF
DB123623
Switch set to auto
Connection
Rating
Circuit
PZ1
iTL, iTLi, iTLc,
iTLm, iTLs, iETL
16 A
iTL, iETL
32 A
Control
Power
Control
Power
Auxiliaries
160
Copper cables
Rigid or ferrule
DB122945
11 mm
3.5 mm
Tightening
torque
version: 1.1
1 N.m
1.2 N.m
1 N.m
Flexible or ferrule
DB123553
DB123132
Type
0.5 to 4 mm2
1.5 to 4 mm2
0.5 to 4 mm2
1.5 to 10 mm2
0.5 to 4 mm2
1 to 4 mm2
1.5 to 4 mm2
1 to 4 mm2
1.5 to 10 mm2
1 to 4 mm2
Remote control
DB123309
Technical data
Control circuit
iTL and iTLI 16 A
iTLc, iTLm, iTLs,
iETL 16 A
Dissipated power (during the impulse)
Illuminated PB control
Operating threshold
DB123311
Duration of the control order

Response time
1, 2, 3P: 19 VA
19 VA
4P: 38 VA
Max. current 3 mA (if > use an ATLz)
Min. 85 % of Un in conformance with
IEC/EN60669-2-2
50 ms to 1 s (200 ms recommended)
50 ms
Power circuit
Voltage rating (Ue)
1P, 2P
24 ...250 V AC
3P, 4P
24....415 V AC
Frequency
50 Hz or 60 Hz
Maximum number of operations per minute
Maximum number of switching operation a day 100
Additional characteristics to IEC/EN 60947-3

DB123313
iTL 32 A,
iETL 32 A
IP20
IP40
440 V AC
Pollution degree
6 kV
Endurance (O-C)
Electrical to IEC/EN 60947-3
200,000 cycles (AC21) 50,000 cycles (AC21)
Overvoltage category
IV
100,000 cycles (AC22) 20,000 cycles (AC22)
(IEC 60529)
Device only
IP20
Device in
modular
enclosure
IP40
Insulation class II
-20C to +50C
Storage temperature
-40C to +70C
version: 1.1
161
iTL impulse relays

for iTL impulse relays
Remote control
Indication
Control
iATLc+c
Indication
Centralised control
Centralised control +
indication

PB106136-34
iATLc+s
Type
PB106140-34
iATLc
PB106137-34
iATLs
PB106139-34
Auxiliaries
Function
bb Allows remote indication of bb Used for centralised control, thanks to a "pilot line", of a
the associated impulse relay group of impulse relays controlling separate networks,
while at the same time maintaining local individual control of
each impulse relay
bb And for remote indication
of the mechanical status of
each relay
bb Used to control the centralised

controls of a number of impulse
relay groups, while at the same time
maintaining local individual control
and centralised control by level
DB123235
DB123231
DB123232
DB123233
Wiring diagrams
bb Each group, made up of iTLc or

(iTL or iTLl or iTLs) + iATLc+s, must
only contain a single iATLc+c
bb Maximum number of impulse relays
that can be controlled:
vv 230 V AC: 24
vv 130 V AC: 12
vv 48 V AC: 5
bb Mounted to the right of iTL

by yellow clips

by yellow clips

by yellow clips
bb Without mechanical link with

impulse relays and auxiliaries
A9C15405
A9C15404
A9C15409
A9C15410
Mounting
Catalogue numbers
Control voltage
V AC
(Ue)
V DC
Auxiliary contact
(breaking capacity)
Number of contacts
Operating
temperature
Storage
temperature
162
24240
24240
24240
24 240
24240
1
bb Mininimum: 10 mA at
24 V AC/DC
bb Maximum (IEC 60947-5-1):
vv 12240 V AC 6 A
vv 1224 V DC
6A
vv 15240 V AC
2A
vv 1324 V DC
2A
2
bb Mininimum: 10 mA at
24 V AC/DC
bb Maximum (IEC 60947-5-1):
vv 12240 V AC 6 A
vv 1224 V DC
6A
vv 15240 V AC
2A
vv 1324 V DC
2A
-20C to +50C
-40C to +70C
version: 1.1
iTL impulse relays

for iTL impulse relays (cont.)
Remote control
Control
iATLz
Control by illuminated
push-buttons
PB106125-34
bb Used to control impulse relays

by illuminated push-buttons,
without operating risks
DB123552
DB123230
bb Combined with an impulse relay, bb Allows the step by step sequence

it automatically disconnects the
over 2 circuits
circuit after a preset time
DB123237
DB123234
bb Combined with an impulse relay,

it operates on latched orders
PB106141-34
iATL4
Time delay
PB106142-63
iATEt
Latched control
PB106138-34
iATLm
iTL1
iTL2
bb 5 time setting ranges:

vv 1 to 10 s
vv 6 to 60 s
vv 2 to 10 min
vv 6 to 60 min
vv 2 to 10 h
bb The cycle is as follows:

vv 1st impulse - iTL 1 closed, iTL 2 open
vv 2nd impulse - iTL 1 open, iTL 2 closed
vv 3rd impulse - iTL 1 and 2 closed
vv 4th impulse - iTL 1 and 2 open
vv 5th impulse - iTL 1 closed, iTL 2 open, etc

by yellow clips
bb Mounted to the left of iTL

by yellow clips
bb Assembled between 2 impulse relays:

bb Mounted to the left of iTL
according to the auxiliarisation table by yellow clips by yellow clips
A9C15414
A9C15419
A9C15412
A9C15413
12240
24240
230
130240
6110
1
24110
2
bb Provide an iATLz when the

current drawn up by the illuminated
push-buttons is higher than 3 mA
(this current is sufficient to keep
the coils energised). Above this
value, fit one extra iATLz per 3 mA.
bb For example: for 7 mA,
fit 2 iATLz
-20C to +50C
-40C to +70C
version: 1.1
163
iTL impulse relays
Remote control
Security
Yellow clips
PB106143-10
Accessories
Function
bb Ensure the mechanical and/or electrical link between contactors and their auxiliaries (set of 10).
Catalogue numbers
A9C15415
Number of poles
Dimensions (mm)
DB123375
71
67
18
36
5.5
49
23.5
86 81
45
iTL 1P
iTLc
iTLm
iTLs
iTLi
iETL
iTL+iETL
iTL 4P
18
36
5.5
86 81
iATLc+s
iATLc+c
iATLz
iATL4
164
DB123380
DB123383
71
67
69
49
23.5
5.5
45
49
23.5
81
iATLc
iATLs
iATLm
version: 1.1
60
44
18
81
45
45
iATEt
iPB pushbuttons
Control
Local control
IEC 60669-1 and IEC 60947-5-1

bb iPB pushbuttons are used to control electric circuits by means of pulses.
Catalogue numbers
iPB pushbuttons
Type
Single
Double
Single + indicator light
Diagram
Pushbutton Colour
Indicator
Power
light
supply
Colour
Cat. no.
Grey
-
Red
-
Grey
-
Grey
-
Green/red
-
Grey/grey
-
Grey
Grey
110230 V AC
Grey
Grey
1248 V AC/DC
A9E18030
2
A9E18031
A9E18032
A9E18033
A9E18034
2
A9E18035
Green
A9E18036
2
Green
A9E18038
Red
A9E18037
Red
A9E18039
Connection
4 mm
DB122946
DB122945
DB123133

torque
Rigid
Flexible or ferrule
PZ1
9 mm
0.5 mm2 min.

0.5 mm2 min.
2 x 2.5 mm2 max. 2 x 2.5 mm2 max.
1 N.m
bb Phase-separated wall that can be divided to allow the teeth of all types of comb
busbar to pass through.
bb Staggered terminals to simplify connection.
Dimensions (mm)
Technical data
DB122832
Pollution degree
Power circuit
Voltage rating (Ue)
250 V AC
Current rating (Ie)
20 A
Endurance (O-C)
30,000 operations AC22 (cos j = 0.8)
-35C... +70C
Storage temperature
-40C... +80C
Tropicalization
LED indicator light

Consumption: 0.3 W
Service life: 100,000 hours of constant lighting
efficiency
Maintenance-free indicator light
(non-interchangeable LEDs)
version: 1.1
165
iSSW linear switches
Control
Local control
IEC 60669-1 and IEC 60947-5-1

bb iSSW linear switches are used for the manual control of electric circuits.
Catalogue numbers
iSSW linear switches
Type
2 positions
3 positions
Contact
Diagram
1 changeover switch
2 changeover switches
1 NO + 1NC
1 changeover switch
2 changeover switches
Cat. no.
A9E18070
2
A9E18071
4
A9E18072
2
A9E18073
2
A9E18074
4
Connection
4 mm
DB122946
DB122945
DB123134

torque
Rigid
Flexible or ferrule
PZ1
9 mm
0.5 mm2 min.

0.5 mm2 min.
2 x 2.5 mm2 max. 2 x 2.5 mm2 max.
1 N.m
DB 122834
Dimensions (mm)
Technical data
Pollution degree
Power circuit
Voltage rating (Ue)
250 V AC
Current rating (Ie)
20 A
166
Endurance (O-C)
30,000 cycles AC22 (cos j = 0.8)
-20C... +50C
Storage temperature
-40C... +70C
Tropicalization
version: 1.1
iSW switches
Control
Local control
iSW control switches (20, 32 A)
Position contact indication

circuit in complete safety.
IEC/EN 60669-1, iSW switch with indicator light.

IEC/EN 60669-2-4, iSW switch without indicator light.
PB105266-40
These switches are used for:

bb Control (opening and closing of circuits under load).
The 1P and 2P switches are available with or without indicator light.
bb Disconnection, for switches without indicator light IEC/EN 60669-2-4.
iSW switch-disconnectors (40 to 125 A)
DB122818
IEC 60947-3
The switch-disconnectors combine the following functions:
bb Control (opening and closing of circuits under load).
OF iSW auxiliary
bb Mounted on the left, it indicates the "open" or "closed" position of the switch and
has a normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) contact.
Accessory
bb The padlocking facility locks the switch in the "open" or "closed" position.
20, 32 A iSW control switches
PB105265-40
PB105264-40
Catalogue numbers
Type
DB118998
1P
1
Rating
Voltage (Ue)
20 A
32 A
250 V AC
250 V AC
A9S60120
A9S60132
20 A
250 V AC
415 V AC
A9S60220
32 A
250 V AC
415 V AC
A9S60232
20 A
32 A
415 V AC
415 V AC
A9S60320
A9S60332
20 A
32 A
415 V AC
415 V AC
A9S60420
A9S60432
Control switches
DB118999
2P
1 3
2 4
DB119000
3P
1 3 5
2 4 6
DB119001
4P
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
Operating frequency
version: 1.1
50/60 Hz
167
iSW switches (cont.)
Control
Local control
PB105264-40

20, 32 A iSW control switches with indicator light
Type
DB122819
1P
1
Rating
230 V indicator light
20 A
32 A
A9S61120
A9S61132
20 A
32 A
A9S61220
A9S61232
Control switches with indicator light
DB122820
2P
1
Operating frequency
50/60 Hz
Spare indicator lights for 20, 32 A iSW switches

Type
Neon
Voltage (Ue)
Supplied with a red diffuser

(Pack of 10)
230 V AC
15111
12 V DC/AC
24 V DC/AC
48 V DC/AC
15112
15113
15114
Incandescent bulb (P=1.2 W)
PB105267-40
PB105266-40
Supplied with a red diffuser

(Pack of 10)
40 to 125 A iSW switch-disconnectors

Type
DB118998
1P
1
Rating
Voltage (Ue)
40 A
63 A
100 A
125 A
250 V AC
250 V AC
250 V AC
250 V AC
A9S60140
A9S60163
A9S60191
A9S60192
40 A
63 A
100 A
125 A
415 V AC
415 V AC
415 V AC
415 V AC
A9S60240
A9S60263
A9S60291
A9S60292
40 A
63 A
100 A
125 A
415 V AC
415 V AC
415 V AC
415 V AC
A9S60340
A9S60363
A9S60391
A9S60392
40 A
63 A
100 A
125 A
415 V AC
415 V AC
415 V AC
415 V AC
A9S60440
A9S60463
A9S60491
A9S60492
Switch-disconnectors
DB118999
2P
1 3
2 4
DB119000
3P
1 3 5
2 4 6
DB119001
4P
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
Operating frequency
168
version: 1.1
50/60 Hz
Control
Local control
PB105264-40

Auxiliary
Type
Width in 9 mm
modules
DB122821
OF iSW
11
14
Rating
Voltage (Ue)
3A
6A
415 V AC
250 V AC
A9A15096
12
Accessories
OF iSW
Type
Padlocking facility (for 8 mm padlock)
26970
Pack of 2 parts
Technical data
Pollution degree
20, 32 A iSW
40 to 125 A iSW
Without
With indicator 1P: 250 V AC
indicator light light
2P, 3P, 4P: 500 V AC
bb 1P: 250 V AC 250 V AC
bb 2P, 3P, 4P:
500 V AC
2
3
Power circuit
DB123597
Rated impulse withstand

voltage (Uimp)
Operating category
Permissible rated short-time
withstand current (Icw)
Conditional rated short-circuit
current (Inc)
Rated short-circuit closing
current (Icm)
Using direct current
IP40
6 kV
AC - 22 A
-
AC - 22 A
40 A, 63 A: 1260 A
100 A, 125 A: 2500 A
6 kA to IEC 60947-3
3 kA to IEC/EN 60669-2-4
-
40 A, 63 A: 4.2 kA
100 A, 125 A: 5 kA
48 V (110 V with 2 poles in series)
IP40 on the front panel
Endurance (O-C) Mechanical 300,000 cycles
Electrical
30,000 cycles
Storage temperature
Tropicalization
4 kV
version: 1.1
50,000 cycles
40, 63 A iSW 20,000 cycles
100 A iSW
10,000 cycles
125 A iSW
2 500 cycles
-20C to +50C
-40C to +70C
Treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at 55C)
169
Control
Local control
9 mm

torque
Rigid
Flexible or ferrule
20, 32 A
40 to 125 A
-
1.2 N.m
3.5 N.m
1.2 N.m
6.5 mm
PZ1
PZ2
iSW
OF iSW
20, 32 A iSW
Rating
DB122946
5 mm
Type
DB122945
9 mm
DB123136
DB123135
Connection
10 mm2
y 50 mm2
10 mm2
10 mm2
y 35 mm2
10 mm2
40 to 125 A iSW
DB122822
Dimensions (mm)
1P, 2P
3P, 4P
DB122823
20, 32 A iSW
4P
3P
2P
1P
DB122824
40 to 125 A iSW
OF iSW
170
version: 1.1
Control
Remote control
RCA remote controls

For iC60 circuit breakers
PB106253-40
The RCA remote control system allows:

bb Remote electrical control (opening and closing) of circuit breakers with or without
Vigi add-on RCD, with or without auxiliary.
bb Circuit-breaker resetting after tripping, in accordance with safety principles and
the regulations in force.
bb Local control by operating handle.
bb Circuit placing in safety configuration by padlocking.
2 choices of operation after tripping:
bb A: Enabling of remote circuit-breaker resetting;
bb B: Inhibition of remote resetting.
The version with Ti24 interface allows:
bb Direct interfacing of remote control with a programmable logic controller (PLC),
a supervision system and any other communication device, having inputs/outputs in
24 V DC (control, OF and SD indications).
bb Remote indication by "OF" potential-free contact.
bb Provision of 2 operating modes, "1 and 3".
The iMDU auxiliary allows RCA control in 24/48 V AC/DC.
Catalogue numbers
RCA remote control
Type
Width in 9 mm
modules
For circuit breakers
Voltage
1P, 1P+N, 2P
Without Ti24 interface

With Ti24 interface
230 V AC, 50 Hz
230 V AC, 50 Hz
A9C70112
A9C70122
7
7
230 V AC, 50 Hz
230 V AC, 50 Hz
A9C70114
A9C70124
7
7
For 3P, 4P circuit breakers
DB123813
DB123572

With Ti24 interface
Legend
Type
OFF
auto
DB123573
A
B
Green indicator lamp
Orange indicator lamp
1 (Ti24)
3 (Ti24)
Y1
Y2
Y3
Application
All remote control inhibited
Circuit breaker remote reclosing after tripping allowed
Circuit breaker remote reclosing after tripping inhibited
Remote control possible
Remote control impossible
Mode 1
Mode 3
Latched order local control
Impulse-type or latched order local control (depending on mode)
Latched order centralized control
With Ti24 interface
172
version: 1.1
Control
Remote control
RCA remote controls (cont.)
Standard RCA
bb The orders received on terminals Y1 and Y2 are
taken into account progressively in their order of arrival.
RCA Ti24
DB123396
DB123743
Centralized
control
(PLC)
24 V DC
Y3
iC60
Y3
Ti24
RCA
Ti24
RCA
RCA
OF
N
OF
P Y2 Y1
Y1/Y2
Zone 1
Y1/Y2
230 V
Zone 2
230 V
Local control
Local control
Mode 1: Locally or centrally controlled

circuit-breaker opening/closing
DB123761
RCA Ti24 mode 1

230 V AC
0V
OF
SD
Y3
24 V c
bb The orders come from various control points, and they are
taken into account in their order of arrival
bb Y1: Latched order local control
bb Y2: Impulse-type local control
bb Y3: Latched order centralized control
Ti24
RCA
OF
N
P Y2 Y1 11 12 14
Mode 3: Centrally controlled

opening/closing + local override
DB123762
RCA Ti24 mode 3

230 V AC
0V
OF
SD
Y3
24 V c
bb 3 positions allowing a choice between override and

centralized control:
bb Y3: Latched order centralized control
Ti24
RCA
OF
N
P Y2 Y1 11 12 14
Y2 Y1
OFF
ON
version: 1.1
Centralized
control (Y3)
173
DB123576
Control
Remote control
bb Lead sealing of
operating modes
bbLocking device capable of neutralizing

remote control and padlocking ( 3 to 6 mm)
in open position
bb Ti24 interface
for link to PLC
bb Operating state
indicator lamp
bbCompatible with
the circuit breaker's
electrical auxiliaries
bbSelector
switch for
inhibition of all
electrical
controls
bb Latched order or
impulse-type control
bbBistable operation: does not change

state in the event of electrical power
outage
Legend
Type
DB123579
DB123578
DB123763
bb Operating state
indicator lamp
Application
+24VDC
Y3
SD
OF
0V
V DC power supply
Latched order centralized control
Circuit-breaker tripping information
Control circuit state information (open/closed)
V DC power supply
Y1
Y2
N
P
OF

Impulse-type or latched order local control (depending on mode)
230 V AC, 50 Hz power supply
Circuit-breaker state indication contact (open/closed)

1 (iMX or iMN) max.

No
RCA remote
control
iC60 circuit Vigi iC60

breaker
add-on RCD
PB104437-25
PB104496-25
Tripping
auxiliaries
PB104475-25
PB104474-25
PB106253-25
11 12 14
RCA
174
version: 1.1
PB104437-25

No
1 iOF
iC60
Vigi iC60
Control
Remote control
Connection
Without accessories
Copper cables
Flexible
3.5 mm
DB123553
Rigid
Flexible with ferrule

DB123554
Tightening
torque
DB122945
DB123565
Terminal
PZ1
DB123568
10 mm
1 N.m
0.5 to 10 mm2
2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2
0.5 to 6 mm2
2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2
0.5 to 4 mm2
2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2
Outputs (OF)
0.7 N.m
0.5 to 2.5 mm2

2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2
0.5 to 2.5 mm2

2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2
0.5 to 1.5 mm2

2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2
Ti24 interface
Spring-loaded
terminals
0.5 to 1.5 mm2
0.5 to 1.5 mm2
3.5 mm
DB123764
8 mm
Power supply (N/P)

Inputs (Y1/Y2)
10 mm
3.5 mm
DB123310
Technical data
Control circuit
Supply voltage (Ue) (N/P)
230 V AC, 50 Hz
Type 1 inputs (Y1/Y2) 230 V AC (as per IEC 61131-2)
Min. duration of control order (Y2)
u 200 ms
Response time (Y2)
< 500 ms
Consumption
y1W
Thermal self-protection with automatic Reset against overheating of the control circuit due to an
abnormal number of operations
Endurance (O-C) (RCA combined with a circuit breaker)
DB123312
Electrical/Mechanical
10,000 cycles
Indication / Remote control

Potential free changeover Min.
contact output (OF)
Max.
24 V AC/DC, 10 mA
Input (Y1/Y2)
5 mA
230 V AC
230 V AC ,1 A
Ti24 interface (as per IEC 61131)

Type 1 input (Y3)
24 V DC
5.5 mA
Output (OF and SD)
24 V DC
In max.: 100 mA
DB123314
IP20
IP40
(IEC 60529)
Device only
IP20
Device in a modular
enclosure
IP40
Insulation class II
400 V
Degree of pollution (IEC 60947)
6 kV
-25C to +60C
Storage temperature
-40C to +70C
Tropicalization
Treatment 2
(relative humidity of 93 % at +40C)
version: 1.1
175
Control
Remote control
Weight (g)
Remote controls
Type
RCA
For 1P, 1P+N, 2P circuit breakers
400
For 3P, 3P+N, 4P circuit breakers
430
DB123567
Dimensions (mm)
4P
3P
2P (1P+N)
1P
135
117
99
81
63
5.5
70
44.5
85
45
6
80
97
176
version: 1.1
ARA automatic reclosers
Control
Remote control

and iID residual current circuit breakers
PB106257-40
PB106256-40
The ARA reclosing auxiliary can:

bb Perform automatic reclosing of the associated protection device, after tripping.
bb Increase the availability of installations without supervision, isolated, hard of
access and demanding very great availability (mobile telephony systems,
motorways, pumping stations, airports, railways, meteorological stations, service
stations, automatic teller machines, public lighting, tunnels, etc.), by restoring them
to operation without intervention by personnel in the event of a transient fault
(atmospheric disturbances, industrial overvoltages, etc.).
bb The operator can choose predefined reclosing program which allows the safety
and availability of facilities to be reconciled taking into account the facility's
environment.
bb The circuit is placed in safety configuration by the padlocking device.
Catalogue numbers
ARA iC60
For circuit breaker
1P, 1P+N, 2P
Width in 9 mm
modules
Number of
programs
Voltage
230 V AC, 50 Hz
A9C70132
230 V AC, 50 Hz
A9C70134
3P, 4P
ARA iID
For residual current circuit breaker
2P
Width in 9 mm
modules
Number of
programs
Voltage
1
4
230 V AC, 50 Hz
230 V AC, 50 Hz
A9C70342
A9C70332
230 V AC, 50 Hz
A9C70334
4P
DB124065
Diagram
230 V, 50 Hz
iC60 or iID
21 22 24 1112 14
ARA
Legend
DB123582
Type
DB123584
DB123583
DB124061
DB124060
Locked OF
Y1 Y2
N P
Application
Choice of program
Y1
Y2
N
P
Locked
"Remote" inhibition of automatic reclosing

Remote control of final reclosing
230 V power supply
Automatic recloser inhibition indication contact
21 22 24
OF
11 12 14
Indicator
lamp
version: 1.1
Flashing green
Flashing red
Fixed red
Indicates the state of the circuit breaker or residual current

circuit breaker (opened or closed)
Normal operation
Reclosing cycle in progress
Automatic recloser inhibited
177
ARA automatic reclosers (cont.)
Control
Remote control

Operating principle
DB123632
The ARA automatic recloser makes a number of attempts at reclosing depending on

the program chosen by the user.
The program includes the following settings:
bb A time delay before reclosing (TA).
bb A reinitialization time delay (TB).
bb A maximum number of reclosing attempts.
If, following these attempts, the fault is still present, the device places itself in waiting
for manual reclosing, or final remote reclosing (Y2).
Auto
NORMAL
V
Tripping
OFF
Time delay
TA
Reinitialization
Reclosing
Immediate tripping
Inhibition
(Programs 1 and 2)
Time delay
TB
Not
reached
Number of
reclosing
operations
authorized
Tripping
Exceeded
End of time delay
DB124064
DB124063
DB124064
DB124063
DB124062
DB124061
Number of
reclosing
attempts
iC60
iID
1P, 1P+N, 2P: A9C70132

3P, 4P: A9C70134
2P: A9C70342
2P: A9C70332
4P: A9C70334
Delay
before
reclosing
Check time
TA
TB
Program
1 program
4 programs
bb
bb
60 s
6 min.
4
1
3
2
bb
bb
60 s
3 min.
3 min.
2 min.
6 min.
6 min.
bb
bb
bb
bb
15
2 min.
6 min.
6 min.
6 min.
6 min.
2 min.
6 min.
8 min.
10 min.
12 min.
2 min.
3 min.
6 min.
10 min.
10 min.
30 min.
30 min.
...
bb
60 s
3 min.
3 min.
3 min.
3 min.
60 s
3 min.
4 min.
5 min.
6 min.
60 s
4 min.
10 min.
1h
6h
20 s
40 s
3 min.
3 min.
...
Only 1 program
available
178
version: 1.1
Final
reclosing Y2
Once after
inhibition
Once per cycle
PB106050-78
Control
Remote control

bb Sealable cover
bb Indication of ARA
operating states
bb Placing in safety configuration by

integrated padlocking device ( 3 to 6 mm)
bb 4 predefined
programs
bbManual control of the

circuit breaker or residual
current circuit breaker
always overrides automatic
control
bbBistable operation: does not
change state in the event of
electrical power outage
bbManual remote control of

final reclosing (after inhibition
of automatic recloser) (Y2)
bb Remote inhibition of remote
reclosing (Y1)
1 (iMX or iMN) max.

No
iC60 or iID
device
Vigi iC60
add-on RCD
PB104437-25

ARA remote
control
PB104437-25
PB104496-25
Tripping
auxiliaries
PB104475-25
PB104474-25
PB106256-25
bbInhibition of automatic
recloser (auto - OFF) and
resetting (Reset)

No
1 iOF
iC60
Vigi iC60
PB104472-25
ARA
iID
version: 1.1
179
Control
Remote control

Connection
Without accessories
Copper cables
Flexible
3.5 mm
Flexible with
ferrule
DB123553
Rigid
DB123554
Tightening
torque
DB122945
DB123565
Terminal
PZ1
DB123566
10 mm
Power supply (N/P)

Inputs (Y1/Y2)
1 N.m
0.5 to 10 mm2
2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2
0.5 to 6 mm2
2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2
0.5 to 4 mm2
2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2
Outputs (OF/Locked)
0.7 N.m
0.5 to 2.5 mm2

2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2
0.5 to 2.5 mm2

2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2
0.5 to 1.5 mm2

2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2
8 mm
3.5 mm
DB123310
Technical data
Control circuit
230 V AC, 50 Hz
Type 1 inputs (Y1/Y2)
230 V AC (as per IEC 61131-2)
Min. duration of control order (Y2)
u 200 ms
Response time (Y2)
< 500ms
Consumption
y1W
Endurance (O-C) (ARA combined with a circuit breaker)

DB123312
Electrical
5000 cycles

Potential-free changeover
contact output (OF/Locked)
Min.
Max.
24 V AC/DC, 10 mA
230 V AC ,1 A
Input (Y1/Y2)
230 V AC
5 mA
(IEC 60529)
DB123314
IP20
180
IP40
Device only
IP20
Device in a modular
enclosure
IP40
Insulation class II
400 V
Degree of pollution (IEC 60947)
6 kV
-25C to +60C
Storage temperature
-40C to +70C
Tropicalization
Treatment 2
(relative humidity of 93 % at +40C)
version: 1.1
Control
Remote control

Weight (g)
Automatic reclosers
Type
ARA
For 1P, 1P+N, 2P circuit breakers or iID 2P residual current

circuit breaker
For 3P, 4P circuit breakers or iID 4P residual current circuit breaker
440
470
DB123567
Dimensions (mm)
4P
3P
2P (1P+N)
1P
135
117
99
81
63
5.5
70
44.5
85
45
6
80
97
version: 1.1
181
Reflex iC60N, iC60H

(curves B, C, D)
Control, remote control

Integrated control circuit
breakers
DBxxxxxx
IEC/EN 60947-2
PB106239-40
The Reflex iC60 devices are integrated control circuit breakers which combine the
following main functions in a single device:
bb Remote control by latched and/or impulse-type order according to the 3 operating
modes to be chosen by the user.
bb Circuit breaker, to provide:
vv disconnection in the industrial sector.
Resetting after a fault is performed manually, by the resetting handle.
The version with Ti24 allows direct interfacing of the Reflex iC60 with a PLC, to:
bb Execute remote control (Y3).
bb Indicate the state of the control circuit (OF) or circuit-breaker tripping (SD).
The iMDU auxiliary allows the Reflex iC60 to be controlled in 24/48 V AC/DC.
Alternating current (AC) 50 Hz

PB106238-40
Ultimate breaking capacity (Icu) as per IEC/EN 60947-2
Service
breaking
capacity (Ics)
Voltage (Ue)
Ph/Ph (2P, 3P, 4P)
220 to 240 V
380 to 415 V
10 to 40 A
20 kA
10 kA
75 % of Icu
10 to 40 A
30 kA
15 kA
75 % of Icu
Reflex iC60N
Rating (In)
Reflex iC60H
Rating (In)
Catalogue numbers
Reflex iC60 circuit breaker
Type
2P
3P
Rating (In)
Curve
Curve
4P
Curve
A9C61210
A9C61216
A9C61225
A9C61240
A9C62210
A9C62216
A9C62225
A9C62240
A9C63210
A9C63216
A9C63225
-
A9C61310
A9C61316
A9C61325
A9C61340
A9C62310
A9C62316
A9C62325
A9C62340
A9C63310
A9C63316
A9C63325
-
A9C61410
A9C61416
A9C61425
A9C61440
A9C62410
A9C62416
A9C62425
A9C62440
A9C63410
A9C63416
A9C63425
-
A9C52210
A9C52216
A9C52225
A9C52240
A9C52310
A9C52316
A9C52325
A9C52340
A9C52410
A9C52416
A9C52425
A9C52440
A9C64210
A9C64216
A9C64225
A9C64240
9
A9C65210
A9C65216
A9C65225
A9C65240
A9C66210
A9C66216
A9C66225
-
A9C64310
A9C64316
A9C64325
A9C64340
11
A9C65310
A9C65316
A9C65325
A9C65340
A9C66310
A9C66316
A9C66325
-
A9C64410
A9C64416
A9C64425
A9C64440
13
A9C65410
A9C65416
A9C65425
A9C65440
A9C66410
A9C66416
A9C66425
-
Reflex iC60N
With Ti24 interface
10 A
16 A
25 A
40 A
10 A
16 A
25 A
40 A
Reflex iC60H
With Ti24 interface
10 A
16 A
25 A
40 A
Vigi iC60

current device, module CA902005


iMDU auxiliaries
A9C18195
A9C18195
A9C18195
Accessories
Module CA907001
Module CA907001
Module CA907001
182
version: 1.1

breakers
Reflex iC60N, iC60H

bbTripping and disconnection device capable of:

vv disconnecting and padlocking ( 3 to 6 mm not supplied) in "open" position
vv neutralizing remote control
PB105980_W_70
bb Ti24 interface
for link to PLC
bb IP20 insulated terminals
bbBistable operation:
does not change state in the
event of electrical power
outage
bb Operating state
indicator lamp
bb Resetting handle
bbPushbutton:
vv manual control:
opening/closing
vv choice of operating
"modes"

IEC/EN 60947-2
carried out safely on the downstream circuit
DB123516
DB123765

vv good overvoltage withstand capacity: products designed to provide a high
industrial performance level (degree of pollution, rated impulse withstand voltage
and insulation voltage),
vv high limitation performances (see limitation curves),
vv fast closure independent of the speed of resetting of the operating handle.
Legend
Ti24 interface
+24VDC
Y3
SD
OF
0V
V DC power supply
Remote control by latched order
Circuit-breaker tripping information
Control circuit state information (open/closed)
V DC power supply
Y1
Y2
N
P
OF

Control by impulse-type or latched order (depending on mode)
230 V AC power supply
Control circuit state indication contact
11 12 14
SD
Circuit-breaker tripping indication contact

91 92 94
version: 1.1
183
Reflex iC60N, iC60H


breakers
Remote control is possible by 3 operating modes to be set using the pushbutton on

the front panel.
DB123517
bb Operating state
indicator lamp
Operating mode
DB123766
Centralized
control
(PLC)
bbPushbutton for:
vv "mode" selection
vv opening/closing manual
control
24 V DC
Y3
Y3
Ti24
Manual
control by
pushbutton
OF
Y1/Y2
Zone 1
Ti24
Reflex iC60
SD
Reflex iC60
OF
Y1/Y2
230 V
Zone 2
Local control
SD
230 V
Local control
Mode 1: locally or centrally controlled

circuit-breaker opening/closing
DB123767
Reflex iC60 or Reflex iC60 Ti24 modes 1 and 2

230 V AC
0V
OF
SD
Y3
24 V c
bb The orders come from various control points, and they are
taken into account in their order of arrival
bb Y1: latched order local control
bb Y2: impulse-type local control
bb Y3: latched order centralized control
Ti24
Mode 2: locally controlled opening/closing,

centrally controlled opening
Reflex iC60
OF
bb The orders come from various control points.

bb Only the stoppage orders are taken into account by the
inputs Y1, Y3
bb Y1: latched order local opening control
bb Y2: impulse-type local opening/closing control
bb Y3: latched order centralized opening control
SD
P Y2 Y1 11 12 14 91 92 94
Mode 3: centrally controlled opening/closing

+ local override
DB123768
Reflex iC60 Ti24 mode 3

230 V AC
0V
OF
SD
Y3
24 V c
bb 3 positions allowing a choice between override and

centralized control:
bb Y3: latched order centralized control
Ti24
Reflex iC60
OF
SD
P Y2 Y1 11 12 14 91 92 94
Y2 Y1
OFF
ON
Centralized
control (Y3)
Table of modes
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Reflex iC60 without interface
bb Default mode
bb Possible mode
Reflex iC60 Ti24 with interface
bb Possible mode
bb Possible mode
bb Default mode
184
version: 1.1
Reflex iC60N, iC60H


breakers
Without accessories With accessories
6.5 mm
Power
10 to 25 A 2 N.m
40 A
3.5 N.m
Flexible or
with ferrule
DB122946
DB122945
Rigid
1 to 25 mm2
1 to 35 mm2
1 to 16 mm2
1 to 25 mm2
50 mm2
Multi-cable
terminal
Rigid
cables
Flexible
cables
DB118787
14 mm
Al
Screw-on
terminal connection
50 mm for ring
terminal
DB122935
DB123561
Terminal Rating Tightening Copper cables

torque
DB118789
Connection
5 mm
3 x 16 mm2 3 x 10 mm2
PZ2
Without accessories
torque
Rigid
10 mm
Flexible with ferrule

DB123554
Flexible
DB123553
DB122945
DB123562
Terminal
Power supply (N/P)

Inputs (Y1/Y2)
1 N.m
0.5 to 10 mm2
2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2
0.5 to 6 mm2
2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2
0.5 to 4 mm2
2 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 mm2
Outputs (OF/SD)
0.7 N.m
0.5 to 2.5 mm2

2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2
0.5 to 2.5 mm2

2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2
0.5 to 1.5 mm2

2 x 0.5 to 2 x 1.5 mm2
Ti24 interface
Spring-loaded 0.5 to 1.5 mm2

terminals
0.5 to 1.5 mm2
0.5 to 1.5 mm2
3.5 mm
DB123563
PZ1
8 mm
DB123764
3.5 mm
10 mm
3.5 mm
version: 1.1
185
Reflex iC60N, iC60H


breakers
DB123310
Technical data
Control circuit
230 V AC, 50 Hz
230 V AC
2448 V AC/DC, with iMDU auxiliary
Min. duration of control impulse (Y2)
u 250 ms
Response time (Y2)
y 200 ms
Consumption
y1W
DB123312
Power circuit
IP20
Max. working voltage (Ue)
400 V AC
Max. working voltage (Ue)
500 V
6 kV in disconnected position
Thermal tripping
Reference
temperature
Curve B
50C
Curve C
8 In 20 %
Curve D
12 In 20 %
Magnetic tripping
DB123314
Inputs (Y1/Y2)
IP40
4 In 20 %
IV
Endurance (O-C)
Electrical
AC1
30,000 cycles
AC5a
6000 cycles
AC5b
6000 cycles
AC21
50,000 cycles
Mechanical
> 50,000 cycles

Potential-free changeover
contact outputs (OF/SD)
Min.
48 V DC, 1 A
Max.
230 V AC ,1 A
Inputs (Y1/Y2)
230 V AC
5 mA
Ti24 interface (as per IEC 61131)

Type 1 input (Y3)
24 V DC
5.5 mA
Outputs (OF/SD)
24 V DC
In max: 100 mA
(IEC 60529)
Degree of pollution
186
Device only
IP20
Device in a modular IP40

enclosure
Insulation class II
3
-25C to +60C
Storage temperature
-40C to +85C
Tropicalization
Treatment 2
(relative humidity of 93 % at 40C)
version: 1.1
Reflex iC60N, iC60H


breakers
Weight (g)
Circuit breaker
Type
Reflex iC60
2P
480
3P
620
4P
750
DB123564
Dimensions (mm)
117
4P
99
3P
2P
77
81
5.5
84
44.5
45
version: 1.1
187
iIL indicator lights
Monitor
Indication
IEC 60947-5-1
bb iIL indicator lights light up to indicate that a voltage is present.
Catalogue numbers
iIL indicator lights
Colour
Cat. no.
12...48 V AC/DC
110...230 V AC
230...400 V AC
(3 phases)
Width in 9 mm
modules
PB105258-40
Three-phase
voltage presence
indicator light
DB122566
DB122565
DB122564
DB122563
Diagram
Flashing light
PB105256-40
Double
PB105257-40
Single
PB105256-40
Type
Red
Green
White
Blue
Yellow
Green/red
White/
white
Red
Red/red/red
A9E18330
A9E18320
-
A9E18331
A9E18321
-
A9E18332
A9E18322
-
A9E18333
A9E18323
-
A9E18334
A9E18324
-
A9E18335
A9E18325
-
A9E18328
-
A9E18326
-
A9E18327
Connection
4 mm
PZ1
9 mm
DB122946
DB122945
DB123137

torque
Rigid
Flexible or ferrule
0.5 mm2 min.

0.5 mm2 min.
2 x 2.5 mm2 max. 2 x 2.5 mm2 max.
1 N.m
DB122833
Dimensions (mm)
Technical data
Pollution degree
Power circuit
Operating frequency
50...60 Hz
Flashing frequency
2 Hz
188
-35C... +70C
Storage temperature
-40C... +80C
Tropicalization
LED indicator light

Consumption per indicator light: 0.3 W
Service life: 100,000 hours of constant lighting
efficiency
Maintenance-free indicator light
(non-interchangeable LEDs)
version: 1.1
Power supply of rows

from the incoming line
Distribution
Busbar
selection aid
Type of distribution
Selection
criteria
Busbars
Bare busbars to be formed
Speed of installation
medium
Personnel safety
medium
Specific features
Insulated busbars
high
high
For Prisma Plus switchboards
Type
Rating
Conductor cross section (mm)
Spacing between supports
according to Icw
In enclosure
In duct
160 A
250 A
400 A
15 x 5 mm
20 x 5 mm
32 x 5 mm
450 mm
450 mm
450 mm
300 mm
225 mm
Set of 4 cuttable bars
M6 tapping to a pitch of 25 mm
Direct installation on the frame of
Prisma Plus enclosures and cabine
04191
04161
04162
04163
04171
04172
04173
160 A
250 A
400 A
630 A
15 x 5 mm
20 x 5 mm
32 x 5 mm
32 x 8 mm
450 mm
450 mm
450 mm
300 mm
300 mm
300 mm
Set of 4 cuttable bars
Direct installation on the frame of Prisma Plus
enclosures and cabinets
04192
04161
04162
04163
04171
04172
04173
04174
Type
Screen
Cat. no.
04198
H = 100 mm
04197
H = 1500 mm
4 connections
04145: 125 A (230 mm)

for NG125, NSA, INS provided with
tunnel terminals or comb busbar
04146: 160 A
for NSA160
04029: 200 A
for Multiclip 200 A
04024: 200 A
for Multiclip 200 A
10 kA rms/1 s
13 kA rms/1 s
15 kA rms/1 s
20 kA rms/1 s
25 kA rms/1 s
25 kA rms/0.6 s
Characteristics
Cat. no.
Support
Bars
DB123440
Accessories
DB123459
DB123458
DB123444
DB123443
Bare busbars to be formed
DB123445
Screws and nuts
192
1000 mm
1400 mm
04194: 20 M6x20 bolts + 20 nuts + 40 washers

04195: 40 M6x16 screws + 40 contact washers
version: 1.1

Distribution
Insulated busbars
DB123451
DB123441
In Prisma Plus enclosures and cabinets
Powerclip for Prisma Plus enclosures
Powerclip for Prisma Plus cabinets
Rating
Rating
Three-pole
Four-pole
Characteristics
Accessories
450 mm
750 mm
450 mm
750 mm
125 A
04103
04107
04104
04108
Cuttable to 150 mm pitch
Delivered with clip-on and
cut-out covers which insulate
the lugs of a power supply
connection
Direct installation on the frame
of Prisma Plus enclosures and
cabinets
Cat. no.
04145: 125 A (230 mm) for
NG125, NSA, INS provided with
tunnel terminals or comb busbar
Type
Three-pole
Four-pole
Characteristics
Cat. no.
1000 mm
1400 mm
1000 mm
1400 mm
Accessories
Type
Busbar power supply from a Compact NSX
DB123439
Type
4 connections
Cat. no.
DB123438
Type
Tubular bare lugs

drilling dia. 6.4 mm, 90 angled
DB123457 DB123442
Connections with Multiclip 200 A supplied

with screws and nuts
Protection of connection lugs

Set of 8 clip-on and cut-out covers, to maintain
IPxxB with 90 angled lugs and/or cable cross
sections of 10 to 25 mm
Class 8.8 screws and nuts
Set of 20 hex skt hd cap screws, M6 x 12
version: 1.1
160 A
250 A
400 A
630 A
04111
04112
04113
04114
04116
04117
04118
04119
04121
04122
04123
04124
04126
04127
04128
04129
Cuttable to 200 mm pitch
Direct installation on the frame of Prisma Plus
enclosures and cabinets
Cat. no.
For horizontal NSXs
Power packs with connections
04060: NSX250
04070: NSX400
04071: NSX630
For horizontal NSXs
Universal power packs + connections
04062 + 04061: NSX100/250 in enclosure
04064 + 04061: NSX100/250 in duct
04073 + 04074: NSX400/630 in duct
25222326: for 10 mm cables

04021
Set of 12 branch terminals
04151: for 1 cable of 6 mm and 1 of 10 mm
04152: for 1 cable of 16 mm
04150
04158
193

Distribution
Single-pole to be combined
Type of
splitter block
Fast
Selection Flexibility
criteria
Compactness
Maintenance
medium
high
easy
complicated
easy
complicated
Polybloc
E101264d
28
1 tunnel terminal
28
1 tunnel terminal
12.5
6.5
Clip-on to rail
PRA90048: splitter block kit
+ PRA90050: junction kit
+ PRA90047: 10 blocks of 4x6 mm
+ PRA90046: 5 blocks of 25 mm

+ 2 x PRA90050: junction kit
DB123464
80 A (to be formed)
1 tunnel terminal
4.5
2.5
Clip-on to rail
04031
125 A (to be formed)
Example of composition
E101372
80 A
16 mm2
160 A
DB123464
Rating
DB123528
6 mm2
25 mm2
70 mm2
in 9 mm modules
in 18 mm modules
Screw connection
Size
Screw-on
low
80 A (to be formed)
Characteristics
Cat. no.
Detail dia. for flexible cables
Fast
high
DB123528
Rating
Size
Multipolar
Single-pole splitter blocks to be combined
Fast connection
Detail dia. for flexible cables
Screw-on
E101371
Splitter block
selection aid
1
12.5
6.5
1
25 mm2
35 mm2
50 mm2
in 9 mm modules ?
in 18 mm modules ?
Characteristics
Cat. no.
4
1
?
?
Clip-on to rail
14936
14938
Clip-on to rail

Note: Correspondence: Flexible cable/rigid cable

Cable type
Flexible
Rigid
194
Cross section in mm
1.5 2.5
4
6
1.5 2.5 / 4 6
10
10
16
16
25
25
35
version: 1.1

Distribution
PD390659
PG123021
PD390659
Polybloc
PD390657
Distribloc
PB104500
Type
PB104499
Fast connection
Multipolar splitter blocks
160 A
4P
250 A
3P
250 A
4P
18
9
24
12
054947
63 A
4P
4 mm2
6 mm2
10 mm2
16 mm2
25 mm2
12 per phase + 12 neutral
4 tunnel terminals per phase

+ 1 neutral
1 tunnel terminal
35 mm2
50 mm2
Screw connection
Number of poles
Rating
Total connection
capacity
(dia. for flexible
cables)
6 mm2
10 mm2
16 mm2
25 mm2
35 mm2
50 mm2
Characteristics
Size
Set of 4 35 mm flexible
connections, length 210 mm
to be ordered separately
(cat. no. 04047)
Clip-on to rail
8
4
04041
12
6
Set of 4
prefabricated flexible
connections
supplied, for
connection with an
INS100/160 or
NSA160 switch,
installed on the right
or left
Clip-on to rail
12
6
12
6
16
8
04045 + 04047
04046
04033
04034
2P
80 A
100 A
3
3
1
4
1
Direct installation on the terminals of

Compact circuit breakers and
Interpact switches
4P
058923
Cat. no.
in 9 mm modules 8
in 18 mm
4
modules
04040
Incoming
through the
bottom
Clip-on to rail
DB123464
Size
Incoming
through the
top
Clip-on to rail
058930d
Characteristics
125 A
4P
7
3
2
1 tunnel terminal
055034
Rating
Number of poles
Total connection
capacity (dia. for
flexible cables)
4
1
125 A
5
5
2
1
40 A
11
2
100 A
3
3
1
Clip-on to rail
Clip-on to rail
Clip-on to rail
14937
13506
13508
125 A
5
5
2
1
160 A
250 A
400 A
7
7
2
1
4 + 13
To be screwed on back.
13 M6 tapped holes
+ 4 plain holes of dia. 12.2 mm
in 9 mm modules
in 18 mm
modules
Cat. no.
14939
13507
version: 1.1
13510
13512
13514
04052
04053
04054
195
Power supply of one row

of switchgear
Distribution
Type of distribution
Type
medium
Maintenance and scalability
medium
high
complicated
Comb busbars
80 A
Quantity per cat. no.

Accessories included
in 9 mm modules
in 18 mm modules
Side plates
Tooth covers
Powered device module type

Characteristics
Cat. no.
Accessories
Type
Side plates
Tooth covers
Connectors
196
1P
2P
3P
4P
Wire-to-wire
easy
For iC60 and C60
For C120 and NG125
80 / 100 A
DB123465
Length
Splitter blocks
medium
For DPN
Rating
Comb busbars
Management of monitoring/
control cabling
DB123467
Selection
criteria
DB123466
Distribution
Selection aid
24
12
1
4
1 (6 modules
of 9 mm)
9 mm
-
48
24
96
48
21086
21090
21088
21092
2 (6 modules of 9 mm)
21089
21093
Cat. no.
Sets of 40 side plates:
21094: 2P
21095: 4P
21096: 12 tooth covers
(6 modules of 9 mm)
21098: 4 connectors for 25 mm cable
version: 1.1
24
12
1
2
-
48
24
2
18 mm
80 A with 1 power supply point
100 A with 2 power supply points
14881
14891
14882
14892
14883
14893
14884
14894
Set of 20 side plates

+ 16 tooth covers:
14886: 1P, 2P
14887: 3P, 4P
Set of 40 tooth covers:
14888
21098: 4 connectors for 25 mm
cable
125 A
45
48
22.5
24
1
2
8 for 1P or 2P comb busbars,
4 for 3P or 4P comb busbars
27 mm
63 A maximum per outgoing line
14813
-
14811
14812
14814
14818: Set of 4 side plates +

20 tooth covers (2P, 3P, 4P)
Power supply of one row

of switchgear
Distribution
Multiclip
63 A
80 A
80 A
Length
in 9 mm modules
in 18 mm modules
Upstream connection capacity
Downstream
connection
capacity
Accessories
included
Cat. no.
Accessories
Max.
4 mm
Phase
Neutral
Max.
Phase
6 mm
Neutral
Max.
Phase
10 mm
Neutral
Pre-stripped copper
connections
Protective cover
Screws and nuts
2P
3P
4P
Type
Connections
10 of 4 mm + 6 of 6 mm
(L=100 mm)
04004
200 A
24
48
12
24
Direct on connecting pads by 50 mm cables or by 20x3
flexible bar with a prefabricated connection from a busbar
-
18
18
12 blue + 12 black
6
12
6
18
20 of 4 mm + 6 of 6 mm
(L=100 mm)
For pads (IPxxB)
For pads
04012
04013
04018
04014
04030: 160 A
between Multiclip
and switchgear
200 A, between Multiclip and:

04021: Powerclip busbar
04029: back busbar
04024: busbar in duct
Wire-to-wire
0.5
0.75
1.5
2.5
DZ5CE005
10x100
AZ5CE005
5x200
DZ5CEB005
10x50
White
DZ5CE007
10x100
AZ5CE007
5x200
DZ5CEB007
10x50
Blue
DZ5CE010
10x100
AZ5CE010
5x200
DZ5CEB010
10x50
Red
DZ5CE015
10x100
AZ5CE015
5x200
DZ5CEB015
10x50
Black
DZ5CE025
10x100
AZ5CE025
5x100
DZ5CEB025
10x50
Grey
DZ5CE042
10x100
-
DZ5CE062
1x100
-
DZ5CA102 DZ5CA162
1x100
1x100
-
Orange
Green
Brown
White
Cat. no.
In bag
and quantity
In dispenser
pack
In strip
of 50
Colour
DZ5CE002
10x100
Yellow
10
16
DB123531
DB123530
0.25
160 A
96
48
Tunnel terminals for cables
up to 25 mm
-
04000
Cat. no.
-
Single end-pieces
Conductor cross
section (mm2)
24
48
12
24
Tunnel terminals for cables
up to 25 mm
2
7
4
13
2
2
4
4
-
04008
DB123592
PD390660
Rating
PD390661
Type
Splitter blocks
Double end-pieces
2 x 0.5
2 x 0.75
2x1
2 x 1.5
2 x 2.5
AZ5DE0071
1x1000
AZ5DE007
5x100
Blue
AZ5DE0101
1x1000
AZ5DE010
5x100
Red
AZ5DE0151
1x1000
AZ5DE015
5x100
Black
AZ5DE0255
1x500
AZ5DE025
5x50
Grey
DB123532
Conductor cross
section (mm2)
Cat. no.
In bag
and quantity
In dispenser
pack
Colour
Crimping pliers
White
0.5 to 16 mm2
10 to 35 mm2
Cat. no.
version: 1.1
AT1PA2
0.25 to 6 mm2
10 to 35 mm2
DB123534
DB123533
On cable types
AZ5DE005
1x1000
-
AT1PA4
AT2PA5
AT2PA6
197
Connection to the outside

of the switchboard
Inputs/Outputs
Connection
Selection aid
4 mm2
6 mm2
16 mm2
25 mm2
35 mm2
Terminal bars, terminal blocks and earth bars

Phase-to-neutral terminal blocks or earth bar
Earth bar
DB123447
Rating
Connection
capacity
90 A (to be formed)
To be formed
36 (spring-loaded terminal)
1 (screw-on)
1 (screw-on)
Mounting
In Pragma Evolution enclosures
Cat. no.
PRA90051: support kit

Terminal bars
Phase-to-neutral terminal blocks or earth bar
198
1 (screw-on)
The bare bar is fastened by supplied screws on the
upright of the Prisma enclosures
The earth blocks are clipped onto the bare bar
04201: bare earth bar 13 x 2 mm + cage of 35 mm
+ 04214: 4 earth blocks 12 x 4 mm
+ 04215: 4 earth blocks 3 x 16 mm
DB123446
7
6
DB123471
125 A
Earth bar
DB123470
DB123469
80 A
Connection 10 mm2 2
3
5
capacity
16 mm2 2
2
4
25 mm2
35 mm2
1
1
50 mm2
Specific feature
Fastening by screws
(1 M4 tapped hole)
Cat. no.
PRA90051: support kit

DB123468
Screw connection
Rating
Screw-on
DB123529
Type
Fast
DB123529
Fast connection
Type of connection
80 A
90 A
(to be formed)
160 A
(to be formed)
2
2
4
4
8
8
11
11
16
16
40
1
1
1
Mounting in Pragma Evolution
enclosures
Fastening:
Clip-on to 12 x 2 mm flat bar
Clip-on to rail (8 hole version only)
By screws (8 hole version only)
With dovetail (4 hole version only)
14962 14963 14964 14965 13575 13576 13577 13578 13579 PRA90051:
support kit
+ PRA90050:
junction kit
+ PRA90045:
2 blocks of 50 mm
+ 2 x PRA90046:
5 blocks of 25 mm
version: 1.1
Fastening by supplied
screws on the upright of
the Prisma enclosures
PRA90051:
04200
support kit
+ 2 x PRA90050:
junction kit
+ PRA90045:
2 blocks of 50 mm
+ 2 x PRA90046:
5 blocks of 25 mm
Connection to the outside

of the switchboard
Inputs/Outputs
Terminal blocks
Fast connection
2 Partition
3 End cover
Grey
Blue
4 Insulated terminal bar,

2-pole
PF106491
Green/
yellow
PF106511
Blue
16 mm2
PF106509
Grey
10 mm2
PF106504
Number of points
Width
Cat. no.
1 Terminal
and quantity
block
6 mm2
PF106502
4 mm2
DB123435
Conductor cross section
1 input, 1 output
6 mm
AB1 RRN435U2GR
100
AB1 RRN435U2BL
100
AB1 RRNTP435U2
100
AB1 RRNTPAC442
10
AB1 RRNAC442GR
10
AB1 RRNAC442BL
10
AB1 RRAL42
10
1 input, 2 outputs
6 mm
AB1 RRN435U3GR
100
AB1 RRN435U3BL
100
AB1 RRNTP435U3
100
AB1 RRNTPAC443
10
AB1 RRNAC443GR
10
AB1 RRNAC443BL
10
AB1 RRAL42
10
1 input, 1 output
8 mm
AB1 RRN635U2GR
50
AB1 RRN635U2BL
50
AB1 RRNTP635U2
50
AB1 RRNTPAC642
10
AB1 RRNAC643GR
10
AB1 RRNAC643BL
10
AB1 RRNAL62
10
1 input, 1 output
10 mm
AB1 RRN1035U2GR
50
AB1 RRN1035U2BL
50
AB1 RRNTP1035U2
50
AB1 RRNTPAC1042
10
AB1 RRNAC1042GR
10
AB1 RRNAC1042BL
10
AB1 RRAL102
10
1 input, 1 output
12 mm
AB1 RRN1635U2GR
50
AB1 RRN1635U2BL
50
AB1 RRNTP1635U2
50
AB1 RRNTPAC1642
10
AB1 RRNAC1642GR
10
AB1 RRNAC1642BL
10
AB1 RRAL162
10
Conductor cross section
35 mm2
70 mm2
150 mm2
DB123436
PF106617
PF106617
PF106617
Screw connection
Number of points
Width
Cat. no.
1 Terminal
and
block
quantity
1 input, 1 output
16 mm
AB1 VVN3535U
20
AB1 VVN3535UBL
20
AB1 ALN352
10 (insulated)
1 input, 1 output
24 mm
AB1 VVN7035U
20
AB1 VVN7035UBL
20
AB1 ALN702
10 (uninsulated)
1 input, 1 output
28 mm
AB1 VVN15035U
10
AB1 VVN15035UBL
10
AB1 ALN1502
10 (uninsulated)
Grey
Blue
2 Terminal bar,
2-point
Accessories
DB123437
Plastic stop
DB123461
Label
41 to 50
AB1 S1
AB1 AB8P35
Clip-on
4.5 x 8.3 mm
Screw-on
500
100
DB123461
Clip-on terminal markers
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
Marking
Width and
Cat. no.
Quantity
Blank
1 to 10
11 to 20
21 to 30
31 to 40
6 mm
8 mm
AB1 BV6
AB1 BV8
AB1 B610
AB1 B810
AB1 B620
AB1 B820
AB1 B630
AB1 B830
AB1 B640
AB1 B840
AB1 B650
AB1 B850
6 mm
8 mm
AB1 B660
AB1 B860
AB1 B6670
AB1 B870
AB1 B680
AB1 B880
AB1 B690
AB1 B890
AB1 B6100
AB1 B8100
6 mm
AB1 B6L1
Set of 25
AB1 B6L2
AB1 B6L3
AB1 BV6RP AB1 BV6BM -
51 to 60
L1
61 to 70
L2
71 to 80
L3
81 to 90
+ red
version: 1.1
91 to 100
blue
199
Management of cables
in the switchboard
Wiring routing
Wiring routing
Selection aid
Cable troughs
For Prisma Plus System G enclosures and cabinets
Horizontal
4 lengths of 450 mm
DB123448
Mounting
Set of 12
Set of 10 horizontal cable trough mounting
horizontal cable brackets allowing alignment with a vertical
trough mounting cable trough
brackets
04255
Cat. no.
RAL 7030 grey
On door
30 lengths of 2 m
60 mm
80 mm
04267
30 mm
30 mm
Self-adhesive
04233
04256
Set of 12 vertical cable trough

mounting brackets
04265
Universal 8 lengths of 2 m
BD123535
Use
Vertical
18 lengths of 2 m
DB123452
DB123456
Accessories
Mounting bracket
for Prisma Plus System G
enclosure
30 mm
60 mm
Supplied with mounting brackets
04257
DB123453
Width
Height
Characteristics
Cat. no.
Wiring bands with cover Clamps
DB123450
Use
Cable troughs
DB123449
RAL 9001 white
Type of wiring routing
Cable trough
bottom
Cover
Accessories
Set of 20 mounting brackets

on pierced plate or on rail
Cat. no.
200
25 mm
37.5 mm
50 mm
75 mm
25 mm
50 mm
50 mm
75 mm
50 mm
75 mm
50 mm
75 mm
NSYCD2M2525 NSYCD2M2550 NSYCD2M3750 NSYCD2M3775 NSYCD2M5050 NSYCD2M5075 NSYCD2M7550 NSYCD2M7575
NSYCDC2M25
NSYCDC2M37
NSYCDC2M50
NSYCDC2M75
BD123536
Width
Height
Cat. no.
NSYSPC
version: 1.1
Management of cables
in the switchboard
Wiring routing
Wiring bands
Use
For Prisma Plus System G enclosures and cabinets

Vertical
Horizontal
Type
Quantity
Cat. no.
DB123454
DB123455
Mounting
Wiring bands
Set of 12
04264
Covers
2x1m
04263
Wiring bands
Set of 12
04239
Covers
4 x 430 mm
04243
Clamps
Identification clamps
20 x 9 mm
25 x 8 mm
23 x 13 mm
2.5 mm
100
18 mm
100
46222
4,8 mm
220
43 mm
100
46225
DB123472
Pad size
Width
Length
Max. clamping dia.
Quantity
Cat. no.
2.5 mm
SA110150
Width
Length (mm)
Max. clamping dia.
Quantity
Cat. no.
Standard (colourless)
UV resistant (black)
100
18 mm
1000
NSYLZ25100
NSYLN25100
3.6 mm
4.8 mm
7.6 mm
SA110151
Cable clamps
2.5 mm
110
18 mm
100
46220
200
50 mm
1000
NSYLZ25200
NSYLN25200
140
33 mm
1000
NSYLZ35140
NSYLN35140
200
50 mm
1000
NSYLZ35200
NSYLN35200
295
76 mm
1000
NSYLZ35290
NSYLN35290
200
50 mm
1000
NSYLZ48200
NSYLN48200
270
73 mm
1000
NSYLZ48280
NSYLN48280
368
102 mm
1000
NSYLZ76380
NSYLN76380
Accessories for clamps

Bases
DB123473
Type
Characteristics
Cat. no.
version: 1.1
Self-adhesive or screw-on (set of 100)

19 x 19 x 6 mm
26.5 x 26.5 x 8 mm
For clamp of max. width 3.6 mm
For clamp of max. width 4.8 mm
NSYMB3A
NSYMB4A
201
Connection comb busbars
Protection
Circuit protection
for iC60, iID, iSW-NA, C120, NG125, STI,

DPN
Comb busbars
1P+N and 3P+N comb busbar
043532
Accessories
Function
The comb busbars make it easier to install Schneider Electric products.
bb Supplied with 2 side plates, IP 2
bb Outgoing feeders can be marked
bb Cutting markings on the copper bars and the insulating material
bb Self-extinguishing insulating material, colour RAL 7016
bb The teeth left on standby can be isolated by tooth cover end-pieces
DB105975
DB105974
Wiring diagram
ph1
ph2
ph3
Comb busbars allow dismountability (1-2)
Use
bb Power supply via semi-rigid cable directly in the cage of the device:
vv cross section 16 mm2 for DPN
vv cross section 10 mm2 for STI
1P+N
1P+N
3P+N
Catalogue numbers
14880
14890
14899
Number of 9 mm modules
26
48
48
Set of

STI
bb
bb
DPN
bb
bb
bb
Voltage rating (Ue)
Acceptable current at 40C
Max. current per feeder
Resistance to short-circuit
currents
202
250 V
80 A with 1 central power supply point
63 A
Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric modular circuit breakers
version: 1.1
Protection
Circuit protection
Accessories

DPN (cont.)
Tooth cover end-piece
Insulated connector
030921d
Side plate
DB105976
DB105977
DB105977
bb Compatible with all Schneider Electric comb busbars

bb Clip onto the comb busbar's insulating material,
which gives them very great stability
bb Receive clip-on markers allowing circuit
identification
bb For 25 mm2 semi-rigid cable

1P+N
3P+N
1P+N, 3P+N
14886
14887
14898
14885
40
40
40
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
version: 1.1
203
Protection
Circuit protection

DPN (cont.)
Comb busbars
1P, 2P, 3P, 4P comb busbar
030920d
Accessories
Function
The comb busbars make it easier to install Schneider Electric products.
bb Supplied with 2 side plates, IP 2
bb Outgoing feeders can be marked
bb Cutting markings on the copper bars and the insulating material
bb Self-extinguishing insulating material, colour RAL 7016
bb The teeth left on standby can be isolated by tooth cover end-pieces
DB105977
Wiring diagram
Comb busbars allow dismountability (1-2)
Use
bb Power supply via semi-rigid cable directly in the cage of the device:
vv cross section 25 mm2 for iC60 and iID (all ratings)
vv cross section 10 mm2 for STI
1P
1P
2P
3P
4P
Catalogue numbers
14881
14891
14882
14892
14883
14893
14884
14894
14811
14812
14813
14814
Number of 9 mm modules
24
48
24
48
24
48
24
48
L = 430 mm, L = 430 mm, L = 405 mm, L = 430 mm,

16 poles of 16 poles of 15 poles of 16 poles of
27 mm
27 mm
27 mm
27 mm
Set of
2P
3P
4P
Direct power supply on the circuit-breaker terminal:

maximum 50 mm2 rigid

STI
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
iC60
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
iID, iSW-NA
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
C120
bb
bb
bb
bb
NG125 y 63 A
bb
bb
bb
bb
Voltage rating (Ue)
Acceptable current at 40C
Max. current per feeder
Resistance to short-circuit
currents
204
500 V
80 A with 1 central power supply point
Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric modular

circuit breakers
version: 1.1
500 V
125 A
63 A
Compatible with the breaking capacity of modular
circuit breakers
Protection
Circuit protection
Accessories

DPN (cont.)
Tooth cover end-piece
Insulated connector
030921d
Side plate
DB105976
DB105977
DB105977
bb Compatible with all Schneider Electric comb busbars

bb Clip onto the comb busbar's insulating material, which
gives them very great stability
bb Receive clip-on markers allowing circuit identification
bb For 25 mm2 semi-rigid

cable
bb For 35 mm2 semi-rigid

cable
1P, 2P
3P, 4P
1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
14886
14887
14888
14818
14885
26998
40
40
40
20
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
version: 1.1
205
Install
Distribloc 63 A splitter block
IEC/EN 60947-7-1.
IEC/EN 61439-2.
Description
PB104499-40
bb Distribloc 63 A is a four pole splitter block installable on a standard DIN rail.

bb Outgoing feeders are connected at the front, without screws, in spring terminals.
The contact pressure of the cable is independent of the operator.
bb The spring contact pressure adapts automatically to the cross section of the
conductor. It is independent of the operator.
Advantages
bb Very fast connection.

bb Very simple phase rebalancing.
bb In the event of an extension to or modification of the switchboard, connection is
very easy.
bb The appearance of its front panel (45 mm front tip) enables it to fit in on a row
perfectly, alongside modular devices.
DB122626
Technical data
Cat. no
Distribution through the top
04040
Distribution through the bottom 04041

According to IEC/EN 60947-7-1
3.5 mm
IP20
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
500 V AC
Voltage rating (Ue)
440 V AC
6 kV
Short-circuit current withstand
Up to breaking capacity of
Schneider Electric outgoing circuit
breakers, even when reinforced by
cascading implementation
40C
Rated current at 40C (In)
63 A
Operating frequency
50/60 Hz
PB104500-60
12 mm
Power supply
6.5 mm
bb Four-pole tunnel terminals with screw clamping.

bb The tunnel terminals are located to facilitate the
insertion of cables and clamping by screws.
bb A single cable per connection point:
vv flexible from 4 to 16 mm
vv rigid from 6 to 25 mm.
PZ2
14 mm
2 N.m
Installation
bb Clip-on mounting on
modular rail.
bb Width occupied:
8x9-mm modules.
Distribution
bb 3 outgoing feeders connected by flexible or rigid

cables of cross section 1 to 6 mm.
bb 2 rows of terminals:
vv 12 connection points for phases (L1, L2, L3)
vv 12 connection points for neutral.
bb A single cable per connection point: flexible (without
ferrule) or rigid from 1 to 6 mm.
bb Reliable, maintenance-free (tightness guaranteed
over time).
bb Insensitive to vibrations and thermal variations.
206
version: 1.1
Distribloc 63 A splitter block

(cont.)
Install
Rated cross section
16 mm
Rated connecting capacity
10-16-25 mm
Pollution degree
Storage temperature
-40C to +85C

-25C to +60C
Colour
RAL 7016, RAL 9003
DB122625
DB122671
Installation
Distribution through the bottom.
Distribution through the top.
Weight (g)
Splitter block
Type
Distribloc
290
DB122616
Dimensions (mm)
version: 1.1
207
Multiclip 80 A splitter block
Install
PB104507-35
IEC/EN 60947-7-1.
IEC/EN 61439-2.
Description
DB122626
bb Multiclip 80 A is a four-pole splitter block 24 modules wide installable on a

standard DIN rail.
bb Outgoing feeders are connected at the front, without screws, in spring terminals.
bb The spring contact pressure adapts automatically to the cross section of the
conductor. It is independent of the operator.
bb Supplied with 12 black and 12 blue pre-stripped 6 mm2 cables.
Advantages
bb Very fast connection.

bb Very simple phase rebalancing.
bb In the event of an extension to or modification of the switchboard, connection is
very easy.
bb Compatible with inter-rows of 150 mm.
5.5 mm
Technical data
12 mm
Cat. no
04000
Power supply
bb Four-pole tunnel terminals with

screw clamping.
bb The tunnel terminals are located
to facilitate the insertion of cables
and clamping by screws.
bb One cable per connection point:
vv flexible from 6 to 25 mm
vv rigid from 10 to 35 mm.
Rated current at 40C (In)
80 A
Maximum operated voltage (Ue)
440 V AC
Operating frequency
50/60 Hz
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
500 V AC
Pollution degree
6 kV
IP20
Short-circuit current withstand
Up to breaking capacity of
Schneider Electric outgoing circuit
breakers, even when reinforced by
cascading implementation
48
6.5 mm
PZ2
2 N.m
PB104501-45
14 mm
Installation
bb Clip-on mounted Pragma

and Prisma DIN rails.
bb Screwed on all other
symetric rail.
Distribution
bb Connection to spring terminals through the front.

bb 2 rows of terminals:
vv 18 connection points for phases (L1, L2, L3)
vv 18 connection points for neutral.
bb A single cable per connection point: flexible (without
ferrule) or rigid from 1 to 6 mm.
bb Maintenance-free (tightness guaranteed over time).
Insensitive to vibrations and thermal variations.
208
version: 1.1
Multiclip 80 A splitter block

(cont.)
PB104505-50
Install
-25C to +60C
Storage temperature
-40C to +85C
Colour
RAL 7016
DB123198
Installation
DB123199
On Pragma and Prisma rails
On other symetric rails
Weight (g)
Splitter block
Type
Multiclip
640
Dimensions (mm)
71
136.5
136.5
version: 1.1
71
27
29.5
29.5
117
87.5
DB123200
42.5
87.5
42.5
415
34
209
Tripping curves
Technical advice
The following curves show the total fault current breaking time, depending on its
amperage. For example: based on the curve on page 3, an iC60 circuit breaker of
curve C, 20 A rating, will interrupt a current of 100 A (5 times the rated current In) in:
bb 2 seconds at least
bb 7 seconds at most.
Thermal tripping
limits
The circuit breakers tripping curves consist of two parts:

bb tripping of overload protection (thermal tripping device): the higher the current, the
shorter the tripping time
bb tripping of short-circuit protection (magnetic tripping device): if the current exceeds
the threshold of this protection device, the breaking time is less than 10 milliseconds.
For short-circuit currents exceeding 20 times the rated current, the time-current
curves do not give a sufficiently precise representation. The breaking of high
short-circuit currents is characterized by the current limiting curves, in peak current
and in energy. The total breaking time can be estimated at 5 times the value of the
ratio (I2t)/()2.
Electromagnetic
tripping limits
min.
Verification of the discrimination between two

circuit breakers
max.
In
212
By superimposing the curve of a circuit breaker on that of the circuit breaker installed
upstream, one can check whether this combination will be discriminating in cases of
overload (discrimination for all current values, up to the magnetic threshold of the
upstream circuit breaker). This verification is useful when one of the two circuit
breakers has adjustable thresholds; for fixed-threshold devices, this information is
provided directly by the discrimination tables.
To check discrimination on short circuit, the energy characteristics of the two devices
must be compared.
version: 1.1
Tripping curves
Technical advice
iC60N/H/L ratings up to 4 A
Curve B
Curve C
1000
1000
100
100
10
10
t(s)
t(s)
1
0,1
0,1
0,01
0,01
0,001
I / In
0,001
10
I / In
10
Curve D
1000
100
10
t(s)
1
0,1
0,01
0,001
I / In
10
Tripping times (min, max) at an ambient temperature of 30 C (standards IEC/

EN 60898).
version: 1.1
213
Tripping curves
Acti9 technical advice
iC60N/H/L ratings 6 to 63 A
Curve B
Curve C
1000
1000
100
100
10
10
t(s)
t(s)
1
0,1
0,1
0,01
0,01
0,001
I / In
0,001
10
I / In
10
Curve D
1000
100
10
t(s)
1
0,1
0,01
0,001
I / In
10
Tripping times (min, max) at an ambient temperature of 30 C (standards IEC/

EN 60898).
214
version: 1.1
Short-circuit current limiting
Technical Advice
Definition
Isc
Prospective
peak Isc
The limiting capacity of a circuit breaker is its ability to lessen the effects of a short
circuit on an electrical installation by reducing the current amplitude and the
dissipated power.
Benefits of limiting
Prospective Isc
Long installation service life
Limited
peak Isc
Limited Isc
tc
Prospective current and real limit current.
Savings through cascading
Isc
A
Thermal effects
Lower temperature rise at the conductor level, hence increased service life for
cables and all components that are not self-protected (e.g. switches, contactors, etc.)
Mechanical effects
Lower electrodynamic repulsion forces, hence less risk of deformation or breakage
of electrical contacts and busbars.
Electromagnetic effects
Less interference on sensitive equipment located in the vicinity of an electric circuit.
Prospective
energy
100%
Cascading is a technique derived directly from current limiting: downstream of a

current-limiting circuit breaker it is possible to use circuit breakers of breaking
capacity lower than the prospective short-circuit current (in line with the cascading
tables on page XXXX). The breaking capacity is heightened thanks to current limiting
by the upstream device. Substantial savings can be achieved in this way on
switchgear and enclosures.
Discrimination of protection devices
The circuit breakers' current limiting capacity improves discrimination with the
protection devices located upstream: this is because the required energy passing
through the upstream protection device is greatly reduced and can be not enough to
cause it to trip. Discrimination can thus be natural without having to install a
time-delayed protection device upstream.
Limited
energy
100%
Acti9 circuit breaker current limiting

t
Profiting from Schneider Electric's experience and expertise in the field of shortcircuit current breaking, the circuit breakers of the Acti9 range have a top-level
current limiting characteristic for modular devices.
This assures them of optimal protection of the entire power distribution system.
Compact NSX circuit breaker current limiting

Ics = 100 % Icu
The exceptional current limiting capacity of Compact NSX circuit breakers greatly
attenuates the stresses caused by the fault current in the device.
The result is a significant increase in breaking performance.
In particular, the service breaking capacity Ics reaches 100% of Icu.
This performance, defined by the IEC 947-2 standard, is guaranteed following tests
which involve:
bb cutting off a fault current equal to 100% of Icu three times in a row
bb then checking that the device operates normally:
vv it conducts its rated current without abnormal temperature rise;
vv the protection device operates within the limits authorized by the standard;
vv the suitability for isolation is ensured.
version: 1.1
215
Technical Advice
Representation: Current limiting curves
The current limiting capacity of a circuit breaker is reflected by 2 curves which give,
as a function of the prospective short-circuit current (current which would flow in the
absence of a protection device):
bb the real peak current (limited)
bb the thermal stress (in As), this value, multiplied by the resistance of any element
through which the short-circuit current passes, gives the power dissipated by this
element.
The straight line "10 ms" representing the energy As of a prospective short-circuit
current of a half-period (10 ms) indicates the energy that would be dissipated by
the short-circuit current in the absence of limiting by the protection device (see
example 2).
Example 1
What is the peak value of a prospective short-circuit current of 150 kA rms

(i.e. 330 k) limited by an NSX250L device upstream?
>
>
The peak value of the prospective short-circuit current is: 150

kA x 2 : 210 k.
As shown in the graph on page XXX, the Compact NSX250L circuit breaker reduces this value to: 30 k.
Example 2
400
> as shown in the graph opposite:
1000000
10 ms
b this short-circuit current (10 kA rms) is likely to dissipate up to
Limited energy (As)
100000
10000
50- 63
32- 40
20 - 25
16
8- 10
2- 3
1000
100
0,01
0,1
What is the energy limited by an iC60N 25 A circuit breaker for a prospective

short-circuit current of 10 kA rms. What is the quality of current limiting?
10
100
1,000 kA2s
b the iC60N circuit breaker reduces this thermal stress to: 45 kA2s,
which is 22 times less.
Example of use: Stresses acceptable by the cables
The following table shows the thermal stresses acceptable by the cables depending
on their insulation, their composition (Cu or Al) and their cross section. Cross-section
values are expressed in mm and stresses in As.
S (mm)
PVC
Cu
1.5
2.5
2.97 104
8.26 104
2.12 105
4.76 105
Al
PRC
Cu
PVC
PRC
1.32 106
5.41 105
4.10 104
1.39 105
2.92 105
6.56 105
Al
S (mm)
10
1.82 106
7.52 105
16
25
35
50
Cu
3.4 106
8.26 106
1.62 107
3.21 107
Al
1.39 106
3.38 106
6.64 106
1.35 107
Cu
4.69 10
1.39 10
2.23 10
4.56 107
Al
1.93 106
4.70 106
9.23 106
1.88 107
Example
Is a Cu/PVC cable of cross section 10 mm protected by a Compact NSX160F
device?
The above table shows that the acceptable stress is 1.32 x 106 As. Any short-circuit
current at the point where a Compact NSX160F device (Icu = 36 kA) is installed will
be limited, with a thermal stress of less than 6 x 105 As. (Curve on page XX).
The cable is therefore always protected up to the breaking capacity of the circuit
breaker.
216
version: 1.1
Technical Advice
Limitation curves for 230 V single-phase or 400 V

three-phase network (TN or TT earthing system)
iC60N
1P / 3P / 4P circuit breakers
Peak current
Thermal stress
1000000
100
10 ms
10
4
2- 3
Energie limite (As)
Courant crte (kA)
100000
50 - 63
32 - 40
20 - 25
16
8 - 10
6
50- 63
32- 40
20 - 25
16
8- 10
10000
2- 3
1
1000
0,1
0,01
0,1
1
Courant prsum (kA)
10
100
0,01
100
1P+N / 2P circuit breakers

Peak current
0,1
1
Courant prsum (kA eff.)
10
100
Thermal stress
1000000
100
10 ms
10
20 - 25
16
8 - 10
6
1
4
2- 3
Energie limite (As)
Courant crte (kA)
100000
50 - 63
32 - 40
50 - 63
32- 40
20 - 25
16
10000
8 - 10
6
4
2- 3
1000
1
0,1
0,01
0,1
1
Courant prsum (kA)
10
100
100
0,01
1
0,1
1
10
100
Note: these values are also the limitation values obtained with an iC60N three- or four-pole circuit breaker operating on a 230 V phase-to-phase network.
version: 1.1
217
Technical Advice
iC60H
Peak current
Thermal stress
1000000
10 ms
10
20 - 25
16
8 - 10
50 - 63
32- 40
20- 25
16
8- 10
100000
50 - 63
32 - 40
4
2- 3
Energie limite (As)
Courant crte (kA)
100
10000
0,1
1
Courant prsum (kA)
100
0,01
10

Peak current
0,1
1
10
100
Thermal stress
1000000
100
10 ms
100000
50 - 63
32 - 40
10
20 - 25
16
8 - 10
6
4
2- 3
Energie limite (As)
Courant crte (kA)
2- 3
1000
0,1
0,01
50 - 63
32-40
20 - 25
16
10000
8 - 10
6
4
2- 3
1000
1
0,1
0,01
0,1
1
Courant prsum (kA)
100
0,01
10
1
0,1
1
10
100
Note: these values are also the limitation values obtained with an iC60H three- or four-pole circuit breaker operating on a 230 V phase-to-phase network.
218
version: 1.1
Technical Advice
iC60L
Peak current
Thermal stress
1000000
10 ms
50 - 63
32 - 40
20 - 25
16
8 - 10
4
6
2- 3
10
50- 63 32- 40
20- 25
16
8- 10
100000
Energie limite (As)
Courant crte (kA)
100
6
10000
0,1
1
Courant prsum (kA)
10

Peak current
0,1
1
10
100
Thermal stress
1000000
100
10 ms
100000
50 - 63
32 - 40
10
20 - 25
16
8 - 10
6
2- 3
Energie limite (As)
Courant crte (kA)
100
0,01
100
2- 3
1000
0,1
0,01
50 - 63 32- 40
20- 25
16
8- 10
10000
6
4
2- 3
1000
1
0,1
0,01
0,1
1
Courant prsum (kA)
10
100
100
0,01
1
0,1
1
10
100
Note: these values are also the limitation values obtained with an iC60L three- or four-pole circuit breaker operating on a 230 V phase-to-phase network.
version: 1.1
219
Technical advice
Auxiliary indicating contacts for

Acti9 protective devices
Table showing state of auxiliary contacts according to the main device and the type
of fault.
Main device
Functions
and use
Circuit breaker
Auxiliary contacts
Residual current
circuit breaker
OF
SD
DB123292
DB123289
DB123288
Closed
DB123290
DB123278
DB123277
Manually opened
DB123291
DB123280
DB123279
Tripped by release auxiliary (iMN, iMX)
DB123285
DB123291
Tripped upon overload or short circuit
220
version: 1.1
DB123291
DB123287
DB123286
Tripped upon earth fault

Acti9 protective devices (cont.)
Technical advice
Function
RESET (SD contact)
When the main device is tripped and the fault has been eliminated, it is possible to
switch the SD contact manually, via the "RESET" button on the front panel.
The unit is then in "device opened manually" configuration.
DB123294
iOF
-
iSD
iOF/SD+OF
bb
bb iSD only
TEST (SD or OF contact)
DB123294
When the main device is opened or tripped, the TEST button can be used to check
the satisfactory operation of the indicating circuit by simulating operation of the main
device. This operation also modifies the position of the indicator on the front panel of
the iSD auxiliary.
On the double contact (iOF/SD+OF), this function can be implemented only for the
SD indicating circuit.
iOF
iSD
iOF/SD+OF
bb
bb
bb
iOF/SD+OF double contact

Change of function of the second contact from OF to SD.
version: 1.1
OF
DB123297
DB123296
DB123295
OF
221

Acti9 protective devices (cont.)
Technical advice
Technical data
According to IEC 60947-5-1
400 V AC
Degree of pollution

Min.
4 kV (6 kV relative to the associated

protective device)
24 V, 10 mA
Max.
AC12 415 V AC
3A
AC12 y 240 V AC
6A
DC12 130 V DC
1A
DC12 60 V DC
1.5 A
DC12 48 V DC
2A
DC12 24 V DC
6A
DB123313
Current rating (A)
IP20
IP40
(IEC 60529)
053950A_SE-40
Endurance (O-C)
Device only
Device in a modular
enclosure
Electrical
IP20
IP40
Insulation class II
20,000 cycles
III
Short-circuit resistance
1 kA
Rating of device for auxiliary Circuit breaker

contact protection against
Fuse
short circuits
Storage temperature
iC60 - C curve - 6 A
-35C to +70C
6 A, 500 V Gg type 10.3 x 38 mm

-40C to +85C
"Low-level" indication
DB123298
For the control of low-level circuits (inputs of PLCs, sensors/effectors, etc.), the RBN
relay can transmit the signals delivered by the circuit breakers' auxiliary contacts.
230 V AC
5...250 V AC
5...48 V DC
E/S
5 mA...2 A
RBN relay
Type
Inputs (A1, A2)
Voltage (Ue)
Current rating (Ie)
230 V AC, 5060 Hz
Outputs (11 and 12, 11 and 14) 5250 V AC
5 mA2 A
548 V DC
222
version: 1.1
Auxiliary trip units for Acti9

protective devices
Un
DB123328
DB123327
Technical advice
BP
Un
L/+
N/-
BP
U<
U<
D1 D2
L/+
N/-
D1 D2
L/+
N/-
iMN/iMNs powered by main

network
iMN/iMNs with separate

power supply
iMN, iMNs: undervoltage release units

Function
bb Tripping of the associated protective device, when the voltage across

its terminals falls:
vv either by opening the control circuit (e.g. push-button),
vv or by lowering the supply voltage.
bb Resetting of the protective device is possible only after the voltage across the
terminals of the auxiliary has returned to its nominal value.
bb The MNs undervoltage release does not perform tripping in the event of a voltage
drop lasting less than 200 ms.
bb A locking push-button control allows the circuit protected by the circuit breaker
(e.g. machine control) to be placed in safety configuration.
Technical data
Auxiliary trip units
iMN
Catalogue numbers
A9A26960 A9A26961
A9A26959 A9A26963
iMNs
A
VA
220240 V,
50/60Hz
0.014
3.3
115 V,
400 Hz
0.017
2
220240 V,
50/60Hz
0.014
3.4
Min.
Between 0.35 and 0.75 of Un

30
8
8
30
200
Min.
187
98
187
Rated voltage (1) (Un)
Holding current (2)
Power consumption
48 V,
48 V DC
50/60Hz
0.022
0.034
1.6
1.1
Tripping
Threshold (V)
Duration of voltage
dip (ms)
Restoration
Threshold (V)
DB123314
IP20
IP40
40.8
40.8
Endurance
Degree of pollution
Rated impulse withstand voltage
(Uimp)
20,000 operations
400 V
3
4 kV (6 kV relative to the associated protective device)
(1) For a lower power supply (e.g., control by a PLC output), an RTBT interface must be
implemented (see page 7).
(2) This characteristic must be taken into account to define the number of multiple controls by
switches provided with an indicator lamp.
DB123332
Operation timing chart

BP
1
0
iMN < 10 ms
iMNs < 250 ms
Un
85 %
70 %
35 %
0
Resetting
impossible
Resetting
impossible
1
0
Manual
resetting
Manual
resetting
version: 1.1
223

protective devices (cont.)
DB123329
Technical advice
iMNx: trip units with push-button control

Function
Un
bb Tripping of the associated protective device by opening of the control circuit

(e.g. push-button, dry contact).
bb A drop in the supply voltage does not trip the associated protective device.
U<
E1 E2 L1 L2
BP
iMNx
Technical data
iMNx
Catalogue numbers
A9A26969
A9A26971
220240 V,
50/60 Hz
0.014
380...415 V,
50/60 Hz
Rated voltage (1) (Un)
Power consumption (at Un)
DB123314
Tripping
IP20
Threshold (V)
Control-circuit opening duration Min.
(ms)
IP40
70 % of Ue
30
Endurance
Degree of pollution
20,000 operations
400 V
3
4 kV (6 kV relative to the associated protective
device)
(1) For a lower supply voltage (e.g., control by a PLC output), an RTBT interface must be
implemented (see page 7).
DB123343

1
< 10 ms
Un
(N/L)
L1/L2
0
BP 1
0
Resetting
impossible
1
0
Manual
resetting
224
version: 1.1

DB123353
Technical advice
iMX, iMX+OF: shunt release units

Function
L
N
bb Tripping of the associated protective device when a voltage appears across the
terminals of the auxiliary (control by: N/O push-button, dry contact, etc.).
bb Resetting of the protective device is possible only when the voltage across the
terminals of the auxiliary has disappeared.
U>
C2 C1
L/+ N/-
DB123354
iMX powered by main network

L
N
11
14 12 C2
L/+
Green
U>
C1
N/-
Red
Control by N/O push-button with verification of voltage

presence (iMX+OF)

DB123355
< 10 ms
Un
70 %
BP
0
11-14
14
12 11
11-12
Resetting
impossible
Resetting
impossible
1
0
Manual
resetting
version: 1.1
Manual
resetting
225

DB123356
Technical advice
iMSU: overvoltage release units

Function
L1
L2
L3
N
U>>
L
U>>
L
bb Tripping of the associated protective device when the voltage across its terminals
exceeds its nominal value.
bb This auxiliary can protect sensitive loads from mains voltage fluctuations,
in particular those due to breakage of the neutral conductor.
bb Resetting of the protective device is possible only when the voltage across the
terminals of the auxiliary has returned to its nominal value.
U>>
L
DB123357
Three-phase power supply monitoring

L
N
Technical data
U>>
L
iMSU
Catalogue numbers
A9A26479
Rated voltage (Un)

Single-phase power supply monitoring
IP20
DB123314
A9A26979
Power consumption (at Un)
A
Power consumption
Holding VA
Inrush
V
Degree of pollution
IP40
230 V,
50/60 Hz
0.002
0.046
128
400 V
3
4 kV (6 kV relative to the associated protective
device)
Endurance
20,000 operations
Tripping threshold and time
Time (ms)
DB123365
A9A26479 A9A26979
Voltage (V)
226
version: 1.1
Low-level control
053950A_SE-40
Technical advice
"Low-level" control
DB123333
The RTBT relay cat. no. 15416 allows the auxiliary trip units to be controlled by a
low-level signal (e.g. iMN).
1224 V AC/DC 10250 V AC
548 V DC
L
N
A1
11
L/+ D1
U<
RTBT A2
12 14
iMN N/- D2
iC60 / iID
10 mA5 A
RTBT relay
Type
Inputs (A1, A2)
Voltage (Ue)
Current rating (Ie)
1224 V AC/DC, 060 Hz
Outputs (11 and 12, 11 and 14) 10250 V AC
10 mA5 A
548 V DC
version: 1.1
227
for iC60, iID, iSW-NA, ARA and
RCA
Technical advice
The mounting order for the various auxiliaries must be complied with.
The tripping auxiliaries (iMN, iMX) should be mounted first, as close as possible to
the circuit breaker or the residual current circuit breaker. Then, the indicating
auxiliaries (iOF, iSD) should be mounted, complying with their position shown in the
following table.
PB104475-25
PB104474-25
Indicating auxiliaries
DB123593
1 iOF/SD+OF
1 iOF/SD+OF
1 iOF
No
No
1 iSD
1 iOF/SD+OF
1 iSD
1 iSD
1 iOF/SD+OF
1 iOF/SD+OF
1 iOF/SD+OF
1 iOF/SD+OF
1 iOF
No
No
No
1 iOF
No
1 iOF
The tripping auxiliaries should be installed first.

Comply with the position of the SD function.
228
version: 1.1
for iC60, iID, iSW-NA, ARA and
RCA (cont.)
Technical advice
PB104496-25
Remote control
Device
Vigi iC60
ARA automatic recloser or
iC60 circuit breaker or
RCA remote control
iID residual current circuit

breaker or

current device
iSW-NA switch-disconnector
PB104437-25
1 (iMX or iMN or iMSU) max.

3 iMSU max.
PB104466-25

iC60

3 iMSU max.
Vigi iC60
PB104472-25
iC60
Vigi iC60
PB104472-25
ARA
PB104466-25
PB104437-25
No
PB106256-25
iID/iSW-NA
RCA
PB104437-25
PB104437-25
No
PB106253-25
iID/iSW-NA
iC60
version: 1.1
Vigi iC60
229
Influence of ambient
temperature
Technical Advice
Influence of temperature on the operation of Acti9 devices

Devices
Characteristics
influenced by
temperature
iK60 circuit breakers

iID K residual current circuit breakers
iC60a/N/H/L
Without Vigi
circuit breakers
With Vigi (AC)
With Vigi (A, Asi)
iID residual current AC
circuit breakers
A, Asi
Protection auxiliaries
iCT contactors
iTL impulse relays
iCT, iTL auxiliaries
Distribloc
Multiclip
Temperature
Tripping on overload
Tripping on overload
Maximum operating current

None
Installation conditions
None
None
Min.
Max.
-25C
-5C
-35C
-5C
-25C
-5C
-25C
-35C
-5C
-20C
- 20C
-25C
-25C
+60C
+40C
+70C
+60C
+60C
+60C
+60C
+70C
+60C
+50C
+50C
+60C
+60C
Note: the temperature considered is the temperature viewed through the device.
iK60, iC60 circuit breakers

Tempratures leves
Example for a three-phase circuit having the

following characteristics:
bb Cable (acceptable current IZ 68 A), protected by
an iC60 circuit breaker of rating 63 A
bb Maximum current that can be demanded by the
loads (IB): 60 A.
This current represents 0.95 times the rating of the
circuit breaker: based on the curve opposite, there is
no risk of nuisance tripping so long as the temperature
does not exceed +65C.
DB123616
bb A rise in temperature causes lowering of the thermal threshold

(tripping on overload).
bb Protection is still ensured: the tripping threshold remains lower than the current
acceptable by the cable (Iz)
bb To prevent nuisance tripping, it should be checked that this threshold remains
higher than the maximum operating current (IB) of the circuit, defined by:
vv the rated load currents,
vv the coefficients of expansion and simultaneity of use.
bb The curve below indicates the minimum value of the threshold, relative to the rated
current In, as a function of the temperature in the vicinity of the circuit breaker.
1,15
1,1
1,05
1
0,95
0,9
0,85
0,8
30C
35C
40C
45C
50C
55C
60C
65C
70C
If the temperature is sufficiently high for the tripping threshold to become lower than
the operating current IB, switchboard ventilation should be provided for.
230
version: 1.1
Technical Advice
Influence of ambient
temperature (cont.)
Low temperatures
bb A fall in temperature increases the thermal tripping threshold of the circuit breaker.
bb There is no risk of nuisance tripping: the threshold remains higher than the
maximum operating current of the circuit (IB) demanded by the loads.
bb It should be checked that the cable remains suitably protected, i.e. that its
acceptable current (Iz) is higher than the values shown in the following table
(in amperes):
Circuit breaker Ambient temperature

rating (A)
0.5 A
1A
2A
3A
4A
6A
10 A
16 A
20 A
25 A
32 A
40 A
50 A
63 A
-35C
-25C
-15C
-5C
+5C
+15C
+25C
0.62
1.3
2.6
3.9
5.1
7.8
13
19
25
30
39
49
61
78
0.60
1.2
2.5
3.8
5.0
7.5
12
19
24
29
38
48
60
76
0.58
1.2
2.4
3.6
4.9
7.2
12
18
23
28
37
47
58
74
0.57
1.1
2.3
3.5
4.7
7.0
11
18
22
28
36
46
57
72
0.55
1.1
2.2
3.4
4.5
6.7
11
17
22
27
35
44
55
70
0.53
1.1
2.1
3.2
4.3
6.4
11
17
21
26
34
42
53
67
0.51
1.0
2.0
3.1
4.1
6.1
10
16
20
25
33
41
51
64
bb When the ambient temperature could vary within a broad range, both these
aspects must be taken into account:
vv the difference between the maximum operating current of the circuit (IB) and the
tripping threshold of the circuit breaker for the minimum ambient temperature,
vv the difference between the strength of the cable (IZ) and the maximum tripping
threshold of the circuit breaker for the maximum ambient temperature.
bb For iID residual current circuit breakers, an ambient temperature higher than 40C
slightly reduces the acceptable main current.
bb Up to 60C, in all cases, the iID residual current circuit breakers are satisfactorily
protected against overloads by an iC60 circuit breaker of the same rating, operating
under the same ambient temperature.
iCT contactors
DB123331
In the case of contactor mounting in an enclosure for which the interior temperature is
in a range between 50C and 60C, it is necessary to use a spacer,
cat. no. A9A27062, between each contactor.
Splitter blocks
In the event of a temperature higher than 40C, the maximum acceptable current is
limited to the values in the table below:
Type
Temperature
Multiclip 80 A
Distribloc 63 A
40C
80
63
version: 1.1
45C
76
60
50C
73
58
55C
69
55
60C
66
53
231
Technical advice
Resistance to environmental
conditions
Acti9 devices have successfully passed the

environmental resistance tests specified in the
building standards (IEC / EN 60898 and 60947-2
for circuit breakers, IEC / EN 61008 for residual
current circuit breakers, etc.).
Most of these tests were performed under the
control of official bodies in different countries:
the devices therefore carry the quality mark
issued by each of these bodies.
Schneider Electric has also subjected these devices to additional tests with higher
requirements, to give users reliability and sturdiness that are unparalleled on
the market.
These tests checked that the Constraints described below did not have any
significant effect on the main functions of the devices:
bb Tripping (for protection devices).
bb Isolation and dielectric withstand.
bb Degree of protection (IP) of the casing.
bb Grip on the mounting bracket (rail).
bb Manual opening / closing.
Additional checks were performed for certain tests, mentioned in the tables below.
Constraints
Atmospheric
Type
Humidity
Salt mist
Corrosive atmospheres
Standard defining
the test protocol
IEC 60068-2-78
IEC 60068.2.52
IEC 60721-3-3
Temperature 40C,
relative humidity 93%.
Severity 2 (maritime
environment).
Classification 3C2: urban

regions with industrial
activities, heavy traffic.
Constraint level applied
Additional checks after constraint
Circuit breakers
iK60N
bb
iC60a/N/H/L
bb
iID K
bb
Dust
Covered swimming pools

atmospheres
Conductivity, overheating.
No corrosion.
Plaster deposits +
bumps.
Conductivity and
overheating.
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
Asi only
bb
bb
bb
Asi only
bb
iID
bb
Residual current devices
iC60a/N/H/L + Vigi iC60
bb
Protection device auxiliaries
iOF
bb
iSD
bb
iOF/SD+OF
bb
iMN, iMNs
bb
iMX, iMX+OF
bb
iMNx
bb
iMSU
bb
Surge arresters
iPF
-
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
iPRD
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
Multiclip
bb
bb
bb
bb
Distribloc
bb
bb
bb
bb
Comb busbars for iC60
bb
bb
bb
bb
Rotary handle
Plug-in base
Padlocking device
Safety accessories
Screw shield
Interpole barrier
Spacer
Splitter blocks
232
version: 1.1
Resistance to environmental
conditions (cont.)
Technical advice
Mechanical
Vibrations,
impacts and
bumps
Vibrations
Bumps
(repeated
impacts)
Impacts
Impacts on Falls
the device
Storage
Damp heat
IEC 60721-3-3
IEC 60068.2-6
IEC 60068-2-27
IEC 60068-2-27
IEC 62262
IEC 60068-2-32 IEC 60068-2-30
Class 3M4: industrial

environment with
considerable vibrations and
impacts (e.g. proximity of
machines, circulation of
vehicles).
Amplitude: 3.5 mm.

Acceleration: 1 g.
Directions: 3 axes.
Frequency:
5 to 300 Hz.
Acceleration:
15 g.
Pulse duration:
6 ms.
Force: 15 g.
Pulse duration:
11 ms.
IK 07: 5 impacts
of 0.7 J.
Height: 0.8 m,
concrete floor.
Casing, degree of
protection (IP).
Casing, degree of
protection (IP).
No power supply fault, no tripping.
Db:
- Temperature: 55C.
- Relative humidity:
95%.
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb Frequency:
8.5 to 100 Hz.
bb Height: 0.6 m.
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
version: 1.1
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
bb
233
Dissipated power and voltage
drop for C120
Technical advice
Temperature derating IEC 60947-5 / GB 14048-2
The current used for the circuit breakers varies according to the ambient
temperature where the circuit breaker is located.
If the circuit breaker is installed in an enclosure or in a hot place (boiler room, etc.),
the current required to trip the circuit breaker in the event of an overload will be
reduced. If the ambient temperature exceeds the reference temperature of the circuit
breaker, the circuit breaker will then be "derated". That is why circuit breaker
manufacturers provide tables indicating the derated current (A) to be applied for
given temperatures.
From examples taken from these tables, it should be noted that if the ambient
temperature is less than the rated temperature, the circuit breaker is "overrated".
When several circuit breakers operating simultaneously are mounted side by side in
a small enclosure, a temperature rise in the enclosure results in a reduction in the
operating current.
In principle, this mutual temperature rise requires the application of an additional
derating coefficient of 0.8.
The reference temperature is in a halftone colour.

Rating
Type
-25 C -20 C -15 C -10 C
-13 F -4 F 5 F
14 F
20 A
1P
24.60 24.18 23.75 23.32
2P
24.83 24.39 23.94 23.48
3P
24.45 24.04 23.63 23.21
30 A
1P
36.57 35.97 35.35 34.73
2P
36.85 36.23 35.59 34.94
3P
36.36 35.78 35.18 34.58
40 A
1P
48.77 47.96 47.14 46.31
2P
50.50 49.55 48.58 47.59
3P
50.05 49.14 48.21 47.26
50 A
1P
61.87 60.79 59.69 58.57
2P
63.92 62.67 61.39 60.09
3P
62.05 60.95 59.83 58.69
60 A
1P
75.66 74.25 72.80 71.33
2P
75.47 74.07 72.64 71.18
3P
74.41 73.10 71.76 70.40
80 A
1P
95.66 94.21 92.74 91.25
2P
95.76 94.31 92.82 91.32
3P
95.02 93.63 92.21 90.78
-5C
23 F
22.87
23.02
22.77
34.09
34.28
33.96
45.46
46.58
46.29
57.42
58.75
57.53
69.82
69.69
69.01
89.73
89.79
89.32
0 C
32 F
22.42
22.54
22.34
33.45
33.60
33.33
44.60
45.55
45.30
56.25
57.39
56.35
68.28
68.17
67.59
88.18
88.23
87.83
5 C
41 F
21.96
22.06
21.89
32.79
32.91
32.69
43.72
44.50
44.29
55.06
55.99
55.14
66.71
66.62
66.14
86.61
86.65
86.32
10 C
50 F
21.48
21.56
21.43
32.11
32.21
32.04
42.82
43.42
43.26
53.84
54.55
53.90
65.10
65.03
64.66
85.00
85.04
84.79
15 C
59 F
21.00
21.05
20.97
31.42
31.49
31.38
41.90
42.31
42.20
52.59
53.08
52.63
63.44
63.40
63.15
83.37
83.39
83.22
20 C
68 F
20.51
20.53
20.49
30.72
30.75
30.70
40.96
41.17
41.12
51.31
51.56
51.33
61.75
61.72
61.59
81.70
81.71
81.63
25 C
77 F
20
20
20
30
30
30
40
40
40
50
50
50
60
60
60
80
80
80
30 C
86 F
19.48
19.45
19.50
29.26
29.23
29.29
39.02
38.79
38.85
48.65
48.39
48.63
58.20
58.23
58.36
78.26
78.25
78.34
35 C
95 F
18.95
18.89
18.99
28.51
28.43
28.56
38.00
37.55
37.67
47.27
46.72
47.22
56.35
56.40
56.68
76.48
76.46
76.64
40 C
104 F
18.40
18.30
18.46
27.73
27.61
27.81
36.97
36.26
36.45
45.84
44.99
45.77
54.43
54.51
54.94
74.66
74.62
74.91
45 C
113F
17.83
17.70
17.91
26.93
26.77
27.04
35.90
34.93
35.19
44.37
43.19
44.27
52.44
52.55
53.15
72.80
72.74
73.13
50 C
122 F
17.24
17.08
17.35
26.10
25.90
26.25
34.80
33.54
33.87
42.85
41.31
42.72
50.37
50.52
51.30
70.88
70.81
71.31
55 C
131 F
16.64
16.44
16.77
25.25
25.00
25.43
33.66
32.09
32.51
41.27
39.35
41.11
48.22
48.40
49.37
68.91
68.83
69.44
60 C
140 F
16.01
15.76
16.17
24.37
24.07
24.59
32.48
30.58
31.09
39.62
37.28
39.43
45.96
46.19
47.37
66.89
66.79
67.52
Dissipated power and voltage drop

IEC 60947-5 / GB 14048-2
What is the dissipated power per pole?
The following table shows the dissipated power of the device in Watts for each
rating, per pole, at In:
Rating (A)
C120 (W/pole)
20
2.8
30
3.4
40
3.5
50
3.6
60
4
80
4.5
What is the voltage drop per pole?

The following table shows the voltage drop of the device in mV for each rating, per
pole, at In:
Rating (A)
C120 (mV/pole)
234
version: 1.1
20
140
30
107
40
88
50
72
60
65
80
57
Short-circuit current limitation

for C120
Technical advice
Thermal stress curve C

Ue: 240 V a 2, 3P
DB126525
DB126524
Ue: 240 V a 1P
Ue: 415 V a 2, 3P
106
A 2S
106
105
105
104
A 2S
104
103
103
102
0.2
0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

0.5
4 5 6 7 8 10
20
kA rms
102
0.2
0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

0.5
4 5 6 7 8 10
20
kA rms
DB126526
Ue: 440 V a 2, 3P
106
5
105
5
4
A2S 10
5
103
5
102
0.2
0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

0.5
4 5 6 7 8 10
20
kA rms
version: 1.1
235
Short-circuit current limitation

for C120
Technical advice
Peak current - 1P: 20 A - 2P: 30-40 A - 3 P: 50-60 A - 4P: 80 A

Ue: 240 V a 2, 3P
DB126528
DB126527
Ue: 240 V a 1P
Ue: 415 V a 2, 3P
20
20
15
15
cos phi = 0.5
cos phi = 0.5
10
9
8
7
6
K
10
9
8
7
6
= 0.7
4
3
2
1
= 0.8
4
= 0.9
6 7 8 9 10
15
20
30
kA rms
4
= 0.9
= 0.8
= 0.95
= 0.7
= 0.95
6 7 8 9 10
15
20
30
kA rms
DB126529
Ue: 440 V a 2, 3P
20
15
10
9
8
7
6
K
cos phi = 0.7
4
3
2
1
= 0.8
5
4
= 0.9
= 0.95
6 7 8 9 10
15
20
30
kA rms
236
version: 1.1
Tripping curves for C120
Technical advice
Tripping curves IEC 60947-5 / GB 14048-2

The operating range of the magnetic trip unit is included for:
bb curve B: between 3.2 In and 4.8 In
bb curve C: between 7 In and 10 In
bb curve D: between 10 In and 14 In.
The curves show:
bb the cold thermal tripping limits (25 C), charged poles
bb the electromagnetic tripping limits, 2 charged poles
C120
Curve B
Curve C
10000
DB126519
DB126518
10 000
5 000
1h
2 000
5000
2000
1 000
1000
500
500
200
100
200
100
50
50
20
t(s)
20
10
t(s)
10
5
Direct current
Direct current
1
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.5
0.02
0.01
0.5
0.1
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / In
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / In
Curve D
DB126150
10000
5000
1h
2000
1000
500
200
100
50
t(s)
20
10
5
2
1
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.5
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / In
version: 1.1
237
Services
Practical advice
iCT contactors
Use of contactors from 16 to 100 A
For automation needs in the housing, tertiary and industrial sectors, the range of
modular CT contactors is used for:
bb Power control of final circuits for housing and the tertiary sector:
vv lighting (luminous signs, shop windows, safety lighting, etc.)
vv heating, heat pumps, ovens
vv hot water for domestic use
vv small utility motors (pumps, fans, barriers, garage doors, etc.)
vv emergency stops and safety systems
vv air conditioning
bb Energy distribution control:
vv load shedding and restoration
vv source changeover, etc.
Characterisation on load types
bb Standard IEC 61095 applies to electromechanical contactors for domestic and

similar purposes. It differs from standard IEC 60947.4 (designed for industrial
applications) by specific requirements relating to safety of persons and equipment in
premises and corridors accessible to the general public.
Industrial: IEC 60947.4
Domestic: IEC 61095
Motor
Applications
AC3
AC7b
Heating
AC1
AC7a
Lighting
AC5a and b
AC5a and b
DB123331
Use for temperatures between 50C and 60C
When contactors are mounted in enclosures with an internal temperature of between

50C and 60C, a spacer, catalogue number A9A27062, must be placed between
each contactor.
238
version: 1.1

Schneider Acti9 MCBs

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schneider Acti9 MCBs

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Low voltage

the efficiency you deserve

of industry experience and 21 new patents

In short, I optimize my own energy.

The new core modular system that

We leveraged five generations of low voltage expertise

The safest, simplest, and most efficient

VisiTrip, Super immunization,

Simpler and Smarter

Safest operation guaranteed even in

safe for installers and

The best choice for

Designed for safety, even in the most demanding environments

I have no worries about the safety of the electrical

Guarantees total safety

Available only from

The green strip indicates the safe position

Protects the load and

Ensures error-free linkages

Promises absolute protection

Class 2 Front Face

The system that streamlines

Designed to minimize downtime and avoid nuisance trips

Less downtime, more continuity of service

When I install the Acti 9 I know I dont

Prevents unnecessary trips

Super immunization (SI) of the RCDs

No need for on-site intervention

Acti 9 devices provide maximum continuity

The Acti 9 introduces a new automatic

Simple and Smart

The right solution for every application

Designed to be simple to choose, easy

Supports intuitive ordering and design

Conforms to any BMS

100 percent coordination between RCDs

Reflex iC60: the all-in-one concept intgrated

Simple and Smart

Allows heavy-duty, reliable tightening

Safe and secure connections

Twice the terminal tightening torque for more robust connections.

Provides secure connections with quick,

Everything is simpler with Acti 9. Whatever

Allows quick intervention

Ergonomic interface with specific colour coding

Large area for circuit identification allows quick intervention

Comes with tailored accessories

Evolves with changing

Multiclip distribution system allows you to

Advanced ergonomics and attention to all detail

High quality, subtle, and precise

You can tell its a high Quality product

A better use of energy, from start to finish

The Acti 9 is your safe, efficient, and simple

Safe, efficient, simple, and smart

safe for installers and

I always have the right solution, at the right price with

The best choice

ICU (A) at 400V - IEC/EN 60898-1

6000, 10000, 15000

ICU (kA) at 415V - IEC/EN 60947-2

6,10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 70, 100

1P, 2P, 3P, 4P

IEC/EN 60947-2, 60898-1